mirror of
https://github.com/dolphin-emu/dolphin.git
synced 2025-01-24 06:51:17 +01:00
update soundtouch to svn revision 173
This commit is contained in:
parent
88d1195f93
commit
d8f5ecf3ce
368
Externals/soundtouch/AAFilter.cpp
vendored
368
Externals/soundtouch/AAFilter.cpp
vendored
@ -1,184 +1,184 @@
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// FIR low-pass (anti-alias) filter with filter coefficient design routine and
|
||||
/// MMX optimization.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Anti-alias filter is used to prevent folding of high frequencies when
|
||||
/// transposing the sample rate with interpolation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2009-01-11 13:34:24 +0200 (Sun, 11 Jan 2009) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: AAFilter.cpp 45 2009-01-11 11:34:24Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include <memory.h>
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
#include <math.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include "AAFilter.h"
|
||||
#include "FIRFilter.h"
|
||||
|
||||
using namespace soundtouch;
|
||||
|
||||
#define PI 3.141592655357989
|
||||
#define TWOPI (2 * PI)
|
||||
|
||||
/*****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Implementation of the class 'AAFilter'
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
AAFilter::AAFilter(uint len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pFIR = FIRFilter::newInstance();
|
||||
cutoffFreq = 0.5;
|
||||
setLength(len);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
AAFilter::~AAFilter()
|
||||
{
|
||||
delete pFIR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets new anti-alias filter cut-off edge frequency, scaled to
|
||||
// sampling frequency (nyquist frequency = 0.5).
|
||||
// The filter will cut frequencies higher than the given frequency.
|
||||
void AAFilter::setCutoffFreq(double newCutoffFreq)
|
||||
{
|
||||
cutoffFreq = newCutoffFreq;
|
||||
calculateCoeffs();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets number of FIR filter taps
|
||||
void AAFilter::setLength(uint newLength)
|
||||
{
|
||||
length = newLength;
|
||||
calculateCoeffs();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculates coefficients for a low-pass FIR filter using Hamming window
|
||||
void AAFilter::calculateCoeffs()
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint i;
|
||||
double cntTemp, temp, tempCoeff,h, w;
|
||||
double fc2, wc;
|
||||
double scaleCoeff, sum;
|
||||
double *work;
|
||||
SAMPLETYPE *coeffs;
|
||||
|
||||
assert(length >= 2);
|
||||
assert(length % 4 == 0);
|
||||
assert(cutoffFreq >= 0);
|
||||
assert(cutoffFreq <= 0.5);
|
||||
|
||||
work = new double[length];
|
||||
coeffs = new SAMPLETYPE[length];
|
||||
|
||||
fc2 = 2.0 * cutoffFreq;
|
||||
wc = PI * fc2;
|
||||
tempCoeff = TWOPI / (double)length;
|
||||
|
||||
sum = 0;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < length; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
cntTemp = (double)i - (double)(length / 2);
|
||||
|
||||
temp = cntTemp * wc;
|
||||
if (temp != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
h = fc2 * sin(temp) / temp; // sinc function
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
h = 1.0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
w = 0.54 + 0.46 * cos(tempCoeff * cntTemp); // hamming window
|
||||
|
||||
temp = w * h;
|
||||
work[i] = temp;
|
||||
|
||||
// calc net sum of coefficients
|
||||
sum += temp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ensure the sum of coefficients is larger than zero
|
||||
assert(sum > 0);
|
||||
|
||||
// ensure we've really designed a lowpass filter...
|
||||
assert(work[length/2] > 0);
|
||||
assert(work[length/2 + 1] > -1e-6);
|
||||
assert(work[length/2 - 1] > -1e-6);
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculate a scaling coefficient in such a way that the result can be
|
||||
// divided by 16384
|
||||
scaleCoeff = 16384.0f / sum;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < length; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// scale & round to nearest integer
|
||||
temp = work[i] * scaleCoeff;
|
||||
temp += (temp >= 0) ? 0.5 : -0.5;
|
||||
// ensure no overfloods
|
||||
assert(temp >= -32768 && temp <= 32767);
|
||||
coeffs[i] = (SAMPLETYPE)temp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Set coefficients. Use divide factor 14 => divide result by 2^14 = 16384
|
||||
pFIR->setCoefficients(coeffs, length, 14);
|
||||
|
||||
delete[] work;
|
||||
delete[] coeffs;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Applies the filter to the given sequence of samples.
|
||||
// Note : The amount of outputted samples is by value of 'filter length'
|
||||
// smaller than the amount of input samples.
|
||||
uint AAFilter::evaluate(SAMPLETYPE *dest, const SAMPLETYPE *src, uint numSamples, uint numChannels) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return pFIR->evaluate(dest, src, numSamples, numChannels);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
uint AAFilter::getLength() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return pFIR->getLength();
|
||||
}
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// FIR low-pass (anti-alias) filter with filter coefficient design routine and
|
||||
/// MMX optimization.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Anti-alias filter is used to prevent folding of high frequencies when
|
||||
/// transposing the sample rate with interpolation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2009-01-11 11:34:24 +0000 (Sun, 11 Jan 2009) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: AAFilter.cpp 45 2009-01-11 11:34:24Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include <memory.h>
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
#include <math.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include "AAFilter.h"
|
||||
#include "FIRFilter.h"
|
||||
|
||||
using namespace soundtouch;
|
||||
|
||||
#define PI 3.141592655357989
|
||||
#define TWOPI (2 * PI)
|
||||
|
||||
/*****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Implementation of the class 'AAFilter'
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
AAFilter::AAFilter(uint len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pFIR = FIRFilter::newInstance();
|
||||
cutoffFreq = 0.5;
|
||||
setLength(len);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
AAFilter::~AAFilter()
|
||||
{
|
||||
delete pFIR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets new anti-alias filter cut-off edge frequency, scaled to
|
||||
// sampling frequency (nyquist frequency = 0.5).
|
||||
// The filter will cut frequencies higher than the given frequency.
|
||||
void AAFilter::setCutoffFreq(double newCutoffFreq)
|
||||
{
|
||||
cutoffFreq = newCutoffFreq;
|
||||
calculateCoeffs();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets number of FIR filter taps
|
||||
void AAFilter::setLength(uint newLength)
|
||||
{
|
||||
length = newLength;
|
||||
calculateCoeffs();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculates coefficients for a low-pass FIR filter using Hamming window
|
||||
void AAFilter::calculateCoeffs()
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint i;
|
||||
double cntTemp, temp, tempCoeff,h, w;
|
||||
double fc2, wc;
|
||||
double scaleCoeff, sum;
|
||||
double *work;
|
||||
SAMPLETYPE *coeffs;
|
||||
|
||||
assert(length >= 2);
|
||||
assert(length % 4 == 0);
|
||||
assert(cutoffFreq >= 0);
|
||||
assert(cutoffFreq <= 0.5);
|
||||
|
||||
work = new double[length];
|
||||
coeffs = new SAMPLETYPE[length];
|
||||
|
||||
fc2 = 2.0 * cutoffFreq;
|
||||
wc = PI * fc2;
|
||||
tempCoeff = TWOPI / (double)length;
|
||||
|
||||
sum = 0;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < length; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
cntTemp = (double)i - (double)(length / 2);
|
||||
|
||||
temp = cntTemp * wc;
|
||||
if (temp != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
h = fc2 * sin(temp) / temp; // sinc function
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
h = 1.0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
w = 0.54 + 0.46 * cos(tempCoeff * cntTemp); // hamming window
|
||||
|
||||
temp = w * h;
|
||||
work[i] = temp;
|
||||
|
||||
// calc net sum of coefficients
|
||||
sum += temp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ensure the sum of coefficients is larger than zero
|
||||
assert(sum > 0);
|
||||
|
||||
// ensure we've really designed a lowpass filter...
|
||||
assert(work[length/2] > 0);
|
||||
assert(work[length/2 + 1] > -1e-6);
|
||||
assert(work[length/2 - 1] > -1e-6);
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculate a scaling coefficient in such a way that the result can be
|
||||
// divided by 16384
|
||||
scaleCoeff = 16384.0f / sum;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < length; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// scale & round to nearest integer
|
||||
temp = work[i] * scaleCoeff;
|
||||
temp += (temp >= 0) ? 0.5 : -0.5;
|
||||
// ensure no overfloods
|
||||
assert(temp >= -32768 && temp <= 32767);
|
||||
coeffs[i] = (SAMPLETYPE)temp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Set coefficients. Use divide factor 14 => divide result by 2^14 = 16384
|
||||
pFIR->setCoefficients(coeffs, length, 14);
|
||||
|
||||
delete[] work;
|
||||
delete[] coeffs;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Applies the filter to the given sequence of samples.
|
||||
// Note : The amount of outputted samples is by value of 'filter length'
|
||||
// smaller than the amount of input samples.
|
||||
uint AAFilter::evaluate(SAMPLETYPE *dest, const SAMPLETYPE *src, uint numSamples, uint numChannels) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return pFIR->evaluate(dest, src, numSamples, numChannels);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
uint AAFilter::getLength() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return pFIR->getLength();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
182
Externals/soundtouch/AAFilter.h
vendored
182
Externals/soundtouch/AAFilter.h
vendored
@ -1,91 +1,91 @@
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Sampled sound tempo changer/time stretch algorithm. Changes the sound tempo
|
||||
/// while maintaining the original pitch by using a time domain WSOLA-like method
|
||||
/// with several performance-increasing tweaks.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Anti-alias filter is used to prevent folding of high frequencies when
|
||||
/// transposing the sample rate with interpolation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2008-02-10 18:26:55 +0200 (Sun, 10 Feb 2008) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: AAFilter.h 11 2008-02-10 16:26:55Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AAFilter_H
|
||||
#define AAFilter_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "STTypes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace soundtouch
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
class AAFilter
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
class FIRFilter *pFIR;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Low-pass filter cut-off frequency, negative = invalid
|
||||
double cutoffFreq;
|
||||
|
||||
/// num of filter taps
|
||||
uint length;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Calculate the FIR coefficients realizing the given cutoff-frequency
|
||||
void calculateCoeffs();
|
||||
public:
|
||||
AAFilter(uint length);
|
||||
|
||||
~AAFilter();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets new anti-alias filter cut-off edge frequency, scaled to sampling
|
||||
/// frequency (nyquist frequency = 0.5). The filter will cut off the
|
||||
/// frequencies than that.
|
||||
void setCutoffFreq(double newCutoffFreq);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets number of FIR filter taps, i.e. ~filter complexity
|
||||
void setLength(uint newLength);
|
||||
|
||||
uint getLength() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Applies the filter to the given sequence of samples.
|
||||
/// Note : The amount of outputted samples is by value of 'filter length'
|
||||
/// smaller than the amount of input samples.
|
||||
uint evaluate(SAMPLETYPE *dest,
|
||||
const SAMPLETYPE *src,
|
||||
uint numSamples,
|
||||
uint numChannels) const;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Sampled sound tempo changer/time stretch algorithm. Changes the sound tempo
|
||||
/// while maintaining the original pitch by using a time domain WSOLA-like method
|
||||
/// with several performance-increasing tweaks.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Anti-alias filter is used to prevent folding of high frequencies when
|
||||
/// transposing the sample rate with interpolation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2008-02-10 16:26:55 +0000 (Sun, 10 Feb 2008) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: AAFilter.h 11 2008-02-10 16:26:55Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AAFilter_H
|
||||
#define AAFilter_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "STTypes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace soundtouch
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
class AAFilter
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
class FIRFilter *pFIR;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Low-pass filter cut-off frequency, negative = invalid
|
||||
double cutoffFreq;
|
||||
|
||||
/// num of filter taps
|
||||
uint length;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Calculate the FIR coefficients realizing the given cutoff-frequency
|
||||
void calculateCoeffs();
|
||||
public:
|
||||
AAFilter(uint length);
|
||||
|
||||
~AAFilter();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets new anti-alias filter cut-off edge frequency, scaled to sampling
|
||||
/// frequency (nyquist frequency = 0.5). The filter will cut off the
|
||||
/// frequencies than that.
|
||||
void setCutoffFreq(double newCutoffFreq);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets number of FIR filter taps, i.e. ~filter complexity
|
||||
void setLength(uint newLength);
|
||||
|
||||
uint getLength() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Applies the filter to the given sequence of samples.
|
||||
/// Note : The amount of outputted samples is by value of 'filter length'
|
||||
/// smaller than the amount of input samples.
|
||||
uint evaluate(SAMPLETYPE *dest,
|
||||
const SAMPLETYPE *src,
|
||||
uint numSamples,
|
||||
uint numChannels) const;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
740
Externals/soundtouch/BPMDetect.cpp
vendored
740
Externals/soundtouch/BPMDetect.cpp
vendored
@ -1,370 +1,370 @@
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Beats-per-minute (BPM) detection routine.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The beat detection algorithm works as follows:
|
||||
/// - Use function 'inputSamples' to input a chunks of samples to the class for
|
||||
/// analysis. It's a good idea to enter a large sound file or stream in smallish
|
||||
/// chunks of around few kilosamples in order not to extinguish too much RAM memory.
|
||||
/// - Inputted sound data is decimated to approx 500 Hz to reduce calculation burden,
|
||||
/// which is basically ok as low (bass) frequencies mostly determine the beat rate.
|
||||
/// Simple averaging is used for anti-alias filtering because the resulting signal
|
||||
/// quality isn't of that high importance.
|
||||
/// - Decimated sound data is enveloped, i.e. the amplitude shape is detected by
|
||||
/// taking absolute value that's smoothed by sliding average. Signal levels that
|
||||
/// are below a couple of times the general RMS amplitude level are cut away to
|
||||
/// leave only notable peaks there.
|
||||
/// - Repeating sound patterns (e.g. beats) are detected by calculating short-term
|
||||
/// autocorrelation function of the enveloped signal.
|
||||
/// - After whole sound data file has been analyzed as above, the bpm level is
|
||||
/// detected by function 'getBpm' that finds the highest peak of the autocorrelation
|
||||
/// function, calculates it's precise location and converts this reading to bpm's.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-08-30 22:45:25 +0300 (Thu, 30 Aug 2012) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: BPMDetect.cpp 149 2012-08-30 19:45:25Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include <math.h>
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include "FIFOSampleBuffer.h"
|
||||
#include "PeakFinder.h"
|
||||
#include "BPMDetect.h"
|
||||
|
||||
using namespace soundtouch;
|
||||
|
||||
#define INPUT_BLOCK_SAMPLES 2048
|
||||
#define DECIMATED_BLOCK_SAMPLES 256
|
||||
|
||||
/// decay constant for calculating RMS volume sliding average approximation
|
||||
/// (time constant is about 10 sec)
|
||||
const float avgdecay = 0.99986f;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Normalization coefficient for calculating RMS sliding average approximation.
|
||||
const float avgnorm = (1 - avgdecay);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable following define to create bpm analysis file:
|
||||
|
||||
// #define _CREATE_BPM_DEBUG_FILE
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _CREATE_BPM_DEBUG_FILE
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEBUGFILE_NAME "c:\\temp\\soundtouch-bpm-debug.txt"
|
||||
|
||||
static void _SaveDebugData(const float *data, int minpos, int maxpos, double coeff)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FILE *fptr = fopen(DEBUGFILE_NAME, "wt");
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
if (fptr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf("\n\nWriting BPM debug data into file " DEBUGFILE_NAME "\n\n");
|
||||
for (i = minpos; i < maxpos; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fprintf(fptr, "%d\t%.1lf\t%f\n", i, coeff / (double)i, data[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
fclose(fptr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define _SaveDebugData(a,b,c,d)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
BPMDetect::BPMDetect(int numChannels, int aSampleRate)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this->sampleRate = aSampleRate;
|
||||
this->channels = numChannels;
|
||||
|
||||
decimateSum = 0;
|
||||
decimateCount = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
envelopeAccu = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Initialize RMS volume accumulator to RMS level of 1500 (out of 32768) that's
|
||||
// safe initial RMS signal level value for song data. This value is then adapted
|
||||
// to the actual level during processing.
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
|
||||
// integer samples
|
||||
RMSVolumeAccu = (1500 * 1500) / avgnorm;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
// float samples, scaled to range [-1..+1[
|
||||
RMSVolumeAccu = (0.045f * 0.045f) / avgnorm;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// choose decimation factor so that result is approx. 1000 Hz
|
||||
decimateBy = sampleRate / 1000;
|
||||
assert(decimateBy > 0);
|
||||
assert(INPUT_BLOCK_SAMPLES < decimateBy * DECIMATED_BLOCK_SAMPLES);
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculate window length & starting item according to desired min & max bpms
|
||||
windowLen = (60 * sampleRate) / (decimateBy * MIN_BPM);
|
||||
windowStart = (60 * sampleRate) / (decimateBy * MAX_BPM);
|
||||
|
||||
assert(windowLen > windowStart);
|
||||
|
||||
// allocate new working objects
|
||||
xcorr = new float[windowLen];
|
||||
memset(xcorr, 0, windowLen * sizeof(float));
|
||||
|
||||
// allocate processing buffer
|
||||
buffer = new FIFOSampleBuffer();
|
||||
// we do processing in mono mode
|
||||
buffer->setChannels(1);
|
||||
buffer->clear();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
BPMDetect::~BPMDetect()
|
||||
{
|
||||
delete[] xcorr;
|
||||
delete buffer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// convert to mono, low-pass filter & decimate to about 500 Hz.
|
||||
/// return number of outputted samples.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Decimation is used to remove the unnecessary frequencies and thus to reduce
|
||||
/// the amount of data needed to be processed as calculating autocorrelation
|
||||
/// function is a very-very heavy operation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Anti-alias filtering is done simply by averaging the samples. This is really a
|
||||
/// poor-man's anti-alias filtering, but it's not so critical in this kind of application
|
||||
/// (it'd also be difficult to design a high-quality filter with steep cut-off at very
|
||||
/// narrow band)
|
||||
int BPMDetect::decimate(SAMPLETYPE *dest, const SAMPLETYPE *src, int numsamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int count, outcount;
|
||||
LONG_SAMPLETYPE out;
|
||||
|
||||
assert(channels > 0);
|
||||
assert(decimateBy > 0);
|
||||
outcount = 0;
|
||||
for (count = 0; count < numsamples; count ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int j;
|
||||
|
||||
// convert to mono and accumulate
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < channels; j ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
decimateSum += src[j];
|
||||
}
|
||||
src += j;
|
||||
|
||||
decimateCount ++;
|
||||
if (decimateCount >= decimateBy)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Store every Nth sample only
|
||||
out = (LONG_SAMPLETYPE)(decimateSum / (decimateBy * channels));
|
||||
decimateSum = 0;
|
||||
decimateCount = 0;
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
|
||||
// check ranges for sure (shouldn't actually be necessary)
|
||||
if (out > 32767)
|
||||
{
|
||||
out = 32767;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (out < -32768)
|
||||
{
|
||||
out = -32768;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
|
||||
dest[outcount] = (SAMPLETYPE)out;
|
||||
outcount ++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return outcount;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculates autocorrelation function of the sample history buffer
|
||||
void BPMDetect::updateXCorr(int process_samples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int offs;
|
||||
SAMPLETYPE *pBuffer;
|
||||
|
||||
assert(buffer->numSamples() >= (uint)(process_samples + windowLen));
|
||||
|
||||
pBuffer = buffer->ptrBegin();
|
||||
for (offs = windowStart; offs < windowLen; offs ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LONG_SAMPLETYPE sum;
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
sum = 0;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < process_samples; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sum += pBuffer[i] * pBuffer[i + offs]; // scaling the sub-result shouldn't be necessary
|
||||
}
|
||||
// xcorr[offs] *= xcorr_decay; // decay 'xcorr' here with suitable coefficients
|
||||
// if it's desired that the system adapts automatically to
|
||||
// various bpms, e.g. in processing continouos music stream.
|
||||
// The 'xcorr_decay' should be a value that's smaller than but
|
||||
// close to one, and should also depend on 'process_samples' value.
|
||||
|
||||
xcorr[offs] += (float)sum;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculates envelope of the sample data
|
||||
void BPMDetect::calcEnvelope(SAMPLETYPE *samples, int numsamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const static double decay = 0.7f; // decay constant for smoothing the envelope
|
||||
const static double norm = (1 - decay);
|
||||
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
LONG_SAMPLETYPE out;
|
||||
double val;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < numsamples; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// calc average RMS volume
|
||||
RMSVolumeAccu *= avgdecay;
|
||||
val = (float)fabs((float)samples[i]);
|
||||
RMSVolumeAccu += val * val;
|
||||
|
||||
// cut amplitudes that are below cutoff ~2 times RMS volume
|
||||
// (we're interested in peak values, not the silent moments)
|
||||
if (val < 0.5 * sqrt(RMSVolumeAccu * avgnorm))
|
||||
{
|
||||
val = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// smooth amplitude envelope
|
||||
envelopeAccu *= decay;
|
||||
envelopeAccu += val;
|
||||
out = (LONG_SAMPLETYPE)(envelopeAccu * norm);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
|
||||
// cut peaks (shouldn't be necessary though)
|
||||
if (out > 32767) out = 32767;
|
||||
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
|
||||
samples[i] = (SAMPLETYPE)out;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void BPMDetect::inputSamples(const SAMPLETYPE *samples, int numSamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SAMPLETYPE decimated[DECIMATED_BLOCK_SAMPLES];
|
||||
|
||||
// iterate so that max INPUT_BLOCK_SAMPLES processed per iteration
|
||||
while (numSamples > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int block;
|
||||
int decSamples;
|
||||
|
||||
block = (numSamples > INPUT_BLOCK_SAMPLES) ? INPUT_BLOCK_SAMPLES : numSamples;
|
||||
|
||||
// decimate. note that converts to mono at the same time
|
||||
decSamples = decimate(decimated, samples, block);
|
||||
samples += block * channels;
|
||||
numSamples -= block;
|
||||
|
||||
// envelope new samples and add them to buffer
|
||||
calcEnvelope(decimated, decSamples);
|
||||
buffer->putSamples(decimated, decSamples);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// when the buffer has enought samples for processing...
|
||||
if ((int)buffer->numSamples() > windowLen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int processLength;
|
||||
|
||||
// how many samples are processed
|
||||
processLength = (int)buffer->numSamples() - windowLen;
|
||||
|
||||
// ... calculate autocorrelations for oldest samples...
|
||||
updateXCorr(processLength);
|
||||
// ... and remove them from the buffer
|
||||
buffer->receiveSamples(processLength);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void BPMDetect::removeBias()
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
float minval = 1e12f; // arbitrary large number
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = windowStart; i < windowLen; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (xcorr[i] < minval)
|
||||
{
|
||||
minval = xcorr[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = windowStart; i < windowLen; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
xcorr[i] -= minval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
float BPMDetect::getBpm()
|
||||
{
|
||||
double peakPos;
|
||||
double coeff;
|
||||
PeakFinder peakFinder;
|
||||
|
||||
coeff = 60.0 * ((double)sampleRate / (double)decimateBy);
|
||||
|
||||
// save bpm debug analysis data if debug data enabled
|
||||
_SaveDebugData(xcorr, windowStart, windowLen, coeff);
|
||||
|
||||
// remove bias from xcorr data
|
||||
removeBias();
|
||||
|
||||
// find peak position
|
||||
peakPos = peakFinder.detectPeak(xcorr, windowStart, windowLen);
|
||||
|
||||
assert(decimateBy != 0);
|
||||
if (peakPos < 1e-9) return 0.0; // detection failed.
|
||||
|
||||
// calculate BPM
|
||||
return (float) (coeff / peakPos);
|
||||
}
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Beats-per-minute (BPM) detection routine.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The beat detection algorithm works as follows:
|
||||
/// - Use function 'inputSamples' to input a chunks of samples to the class for
|
||||
/// analysis. It's a good idea to enter a large sound file or stream in smallish
|
||||
/// chunks of around few kilosamples in order not to extinguish too much RAM memory.
|
||||
/// - Inputted sound data is decimated to approx 500 Hz to reduce calculation burden,
|
||||
/// which is basically ok as low (bass) frequencies mostly determine the beat rate.
|
||||
/// Simple averaging is used for anti-alias filtering because the resulting signal
|
||||
/// quality isn't of that high importance.
|
||||
/// - Decimated sound data is enveloped, i.e. the amplitude shape is detected by
|
||||
/// taking absolute value that's smoothed by sliding average. Signal levels that
|
||||
/// are below a couple of times the general RMS amplitude level are cut away to
|
||||
/// leave only notable peaks there.
|
||||
/// - Repeating sound patterns (e.g. beats) are detected by calculating short-term
|
||||
/// autocorrelation function of the enveloped signal.
|
||||
/// - After whole sound data file has been analyzed as above, the bpm level is
|
||||
/// detected by function 'getBpm' that finds the highest peak of the autocorrelation
|
||||
/// function, calculates it's precise location and converts this reading to bpm's.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-08-30 19:45:25 +0000 (Thu, 30 Aug 2012) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: BPMDetect.cpp 149 2012-08-30 19:45:25Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include <math.h>
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include "FIFOSampleBuffer.h"
|
||||
#include "PeakFinder.h"
|
||||
#include "BPMDetect.h"
|
||||
|
||||
using namespace soundtouch;
|
||||
|
||||
#define INPUT_BLOCK_SAMPLES 2048
|
||||
#define DECIMATED_BLOCK_SAMPLES 256
|
||||
|
||||
/// decay constant for calculating RMS volume sliding average approximation
|
||||
/// (time constant is about 10 sec)
|
||||
const float avgdecay = 0.99986f;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Normalization coefficient for calculating RMS sliding average approximation.
|
||||
const float avgnorm = (1 - avgdecay);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable following define to create bpm analysis file:
|
||||
|
||||
// #define _CREATE_BPM_DEBUG_FILE
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _CREATE_BPM_DEBUG_FILE
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEBUGFILE_NAME "c:\\temp\\soundtouch-bpm-debug.txt"
|
||||
|
||||
static void _SaveDebugData(const float *data, int minpos, int maxpos, double coeff)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FILE *fptr = fopen(DEBUGFILE_NAME, "wt");
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
if (fptr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf("\n\nWriting BPM debug data into file " DEBUGFILE_NAME "\n\n");
|
||||
for (i = minpos; i < maxpos; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fprintf(fptr, "%d\t%.1lf\t%f\n", i, coeff / (double)i, data[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
fclose(fptr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define _SaveDebugData(a,b,c,d)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
BPMDetect::BPMDetect(int numChannels, int aSampleRate)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this->sampleRate = aSampleRate;
|
||||
this->channels = numChannels;
|
||||
|
||||
decimateSum = 0;
|
||||
decimateCount = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
envelopeAccu = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Initialize RMS volume accumulator to RMS level of 1500 (out of 32768) that's
|
||||
// safe initial RMS signal level value for song data. This value is then adapted
|
||||
// to the actual level during processing.
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
|
||||
// integer samples
|
||||
RMSVolumeAccu = (1500 * 1500) / avgnorm;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
// float samples, scaled to range [-1..+1[
|
||||
RMSVolumeAccu = (0.045f * 0.045f) / avgnorm;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// choose decimation factor so that result is approx. 1000 Hz
|
||||
decimateBy = sampleRate / 1000;
|
||||
assert(decimateBy > 0);
|
||||
assert(INPUT_BLOCK_SAMPLES < decimateBy * DECIMATED_BLOCK_SAMPLES);
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculate window length & starting item according to desired min & max bpms
|
||||
windowLen = (60 * sampleRate) / (decimateBy * MIN_BPM);
|
||||
windowStart = (60 * sampleRate) / (decimateBy * MAX_BPM);
|
||||
|
||||
assert(windowLen > windowStart);
|
||||
|
||||
// allocate new working objects
|
||||
xcorr = new float[windowLen];
|
||||
memset(xcorr, 0, windowLen * sizeof(float));
|
||||
|
||||
// allocate processing buffer
|
||||
buffer = new FIFOSampleBuffer();
|
||||
// we do processing in mono mode
|
||||
buffer->setChannels(1);
|
||||
buffer->clear();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
BPMDetect::~BPMDetect()
|
||||
{
|
||||
delete[] xcorr;
|
||||
delete buffer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// convert to mono, low-pass filter & decimate to about 500 Hz.
|
||||
/// return number of outputted samples.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Decimation is used to remove the unnecessary frequencies and thus to reduce
|
||||
/// the amount of data needed to be processed as calculating autocorrelation
|
||||
/// function is a very-very heavy operation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Anti-alias filtering is done simply by averaging the samples. This is really a
|
||||
/// poor-man's anti-alias filtering, but it's not so critical in this kind of application
|
||||
/// (it'd also be difficult to design a high-quality filter with steep cut-off at very
|
||||
/// narrow band)
|
||||
int BPMDetect::decimate(SAMPLETYPE *dest, const SAMPLETYPE *src, int numsamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int count, outcount;
|
||||
LONG_SAMPLETYPE out;
|
||||
|
||||
assert(channels > 0);
|
||||
assert(decimateBy > 0);
|
||||
outcount = 0;
|
||||
for (count = 0; count < numsamples; count ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int j;
|
||||
|
||||
// convert to mono and accumulate
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < channels; j ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
decimateSum += src[j];
|
||||
}
|
||||
src += j;
|
||||
|
||||
decimateCount ++;
|
||||
if (decimateCount >= decimateBy)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Store every Nth sample only
|
||||
out = (LONG_SAMPLETYPE)(decimateSum / (decimateBy * channels));
|
||||
decimateSum = 0;
|
||||
decimateCount = 0;
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
|
||||
// check ranges for sure (shouldn't actually be necessary)
|
||||
if (out > 32767)
|
||||
{
|
||||
out = 32767;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (out < -32768)
|
||||
{
|
||||
out = -32768;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
|
||||
dest[outcount] = (SAMPLETYPE)out;
|
||||
outcount ++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return outcount;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculates autocorrelation function of the sample history buffer
|
||||
void BPMDetect::updateXCorr(int process_samples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int offs;
|
||||
SAMPLETYPE *pBuffer;
|
||||
|
||||
assert(buffer->numSamples() >= (uint)(process_samples + windowLen));
|
||||
|
||||
pBuffer = buffer->ptrBegin();
|
||||
for (offs = windowStart; offs < windowLen; offs ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LONG_SAMPLETYPE sum;
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
sum = 0;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < process_samples; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sum += pBuffer[i] * pBuffer[i + offs]; // scaling the sub-result shouldn't be necessary
|
||||
}
|
||||
// xcorr[offs] *= xcorr_decay; // decay 'xcorr' here with suitable coefficients
|
||||
// if it's desired that the system adapts automatically to
|
||||
// various bpms, e.g. in processing continouos music stream.
|
||||
// The 'xcorr_decay' should be a value that's smaller than but
|
||||
// close to one, and should also depend on 'process_samples' value.
|
||||
|
||||
xcorr[offs] += (float)sum;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculates envelope of the sample data
|
||||
void BPMDetect::calcEnvelope(SAMPLETYPE *samples, int numsamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const static double decay = 0.7f; // decay constant for smoothing the envelope
|
||||
const static double norm = (1 - decay);
|
||||
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
LONG_SAMPLETYPE out;
|
||||
double val;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < numsamples; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// calc average RMS volume
|
||||
RMSVolumeAccu *= avgdecay;
|
||||
val = (float)fabs((float)samples[i]);
|
||||
RMSVolumeAccu += val * val;
|
||||
|
||||
// cut amplitudes that are below cutoff ~2 times RMS volume
|
||||
// (we're interested in peak values, not the silent moments)
|
||||
if (val < 0.5 * sqrt(RMSVolumeAccu * avgnorm))
|
||||
{
|
||||
val = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// smooth amplitude envelope
|
||||
envelopeAccu *= decay;
|
||||
envelopeAccu += val;
|
||||
out = (LONG_SAMPLETYPE)(envelopeAccu * norm);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
|
||||
// cut peaks (shouldn't be necessary though)
|
||||
if (out > 32767) out = 32767;
|
||||
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
|
||||
samples[i] = (SAMPLETYPE)out;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void BPMDetect::inputSamples(const SAMPLETYPE *samples, int numSamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SAMPLETYPE decimated[DECIMATED_BLOCK_SAMPLES];
|
||||
|
||||
// iterate so that max INPUT_BLOCK_SAMPLES processed per iteration
|
||||
while (numSamples > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int block;
|
||||
int decSamples;
|
||||
|
||||
block = (numSamples > INPUT_BLOCK_SAMPLES) ? INPUT_BLOCK_SAMPLES : numSamples;
|
||||
|
||||
// decimate. note that converts to mono at the same time
|
||||
decSamples = decimate(decimated, samples, block);
|
||||
samples += block * channels;
|
||||
numSamples -= block;
|
||||
|
||||
// envelope new samples and add them to buffer
|
||||
calcEnvelope(decimated, decSamples);
|
||||
buffer->putSamples(decimated, decSamples);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// when the buffer has enought samples for processing...
|
||||
if ((int)buffer->numSamples() > windowLen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int processLength;
|
||||
|
||||
// how many samples are processed
|
||||
processLength = (int)buffer->numSamples() - windowLen;
|
||||
|
||||
// ... calculate autocorrelations for oldest samples...
|
||||
updateXCorr(processLength);
|
||||
// ... and remove them from the buffer
|
||||
buffer->receiveSamples(processLength);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void BPMDetect::removeBias()
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
float minval = 1e12f; // arbitrary large number
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = windowStart; i < windowLen; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (xcorr[i] < minval)
|
||||
{
|
||||
minval = xcorr[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = windowStart; i < windowLen; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
xcorr[i] -= minval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
float BPMDetect::getBpm()
|
||||
{
|
||||
double peakPos;
|
||||
double coeff;
|
||||
PeakFinder peakFinder;
|
||||
|
||||
coeff = 60.0 * ((double)sampleRate / (double)decimateBy);
|
||||
|
||||
// save bpm debug analysis data if debug data enabled
|
||||
_SaveDebugData(xcorr, windowStart, windowLen, coeff);
|
||||
|
||||
// remove bias from xcorr data
|
||||
removeBias();
|
||||
|
||||
// find peak position
|
||||
peakPos = peakFinder.detectPeak(xcorr, windowStart, windowLen);
|
||||
|
||||
assert(decimateBy != 0);
|
||||
if (peakPos < 1e-9) return 0.0; // detection failed.
|
||||
|
||||
// calculate BPM
|
||||
return (float) (coeff / peakPos);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
328
Externals/soundtouch/BPMDetect.h
vendored
328
Externals/soundtouch/BPMDetect.h
vendored
@ -1,164 +1,164 @@
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Beats-per-minute (BPM) detection routine.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The beat detection algorithm works as follows:
|
||||
/// - Use function 'inputSamples' to input a chunks of samples to the class for
|
||||
/// analysis. It's a good idea to enter a large sound file or stream in smallish
|
||||
/// chunks of around few kilosamples in order not to extinguish too much RAM memory.
|
||||
/// - Input sound data is decimated to approx 500 Hz to reduce calculation burden,
|
||||
/// which is basically ok as low (bass) frequencies mostly determine the beat rate.
|
||||
/// Simple averaging is used for anti-alias filtering because the resulting signal
|
||||
/// quality isn't of that high importance.
|
||||
/// - Decimated sound data is enveloped, i.e. the amplitude shape is detected by
|
||||
/// taking absolute value that's smoothed by sliding average. Signal levels that
|
||||
/// are below a couple of times the general RMS amplitude level are cut away to
|
||||
/// leave only notable peaks there.
|
||||
/// - Repeating sound patterns (e.g. beats) are detected by calculating short-term
|
||||
/// autocorrelation function of the enveloped signal.
|
||||
/// - After whole sound data file has been analyzed as above, the bpm level is
|
||||
/// detected by function 'getBpm' that finds the highest peak of the autocorrelation
|
||||
/// function, calculates it's precise location and converts this reading to bpm's.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-08-30 22:53:44 +0300 (Thu, 30 Aug 2012) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: BPMDetect.h 150 2012-08-30 19:53:44Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _BPMDetect_H_
|
||||
#define _BPMDetect_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "STTypes.h"
|
||||
#include "FIFOSampleBuffer.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace soundtouch
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/// Minimum allowed BPM rate. Used to restrict accepted result above a reasonable limit.
|
||||
#define MIN_BPM 29
|
||||
|
||||
/// Maximum allowed BPM rate. Used to restrict accepted result below a reasonable limit.
|
||||
#define MAX_BPM 200
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Class for calculating BPM rate for audio data.
|
||||
class BPMDetect
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
/// Auto-correlation accumulator bins.
|
||||
float *xcorr;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Amplitude envelope sliding average approximation level accumulator
|
||||
double envelopeAccu;
|
||||
|
||||
/// RMS volume sliding average approximation level accumulator
|
||||
double RMSVolumeAccu;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sample average counter.
|
||||
int decimateCount;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sample average accumulator for FIFO-like decimation.
|
||||
soundtouch::LONG_SAMPLETYPE decimateSum;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Decimate sound by this coefficient to reach approx. 500 Hz.
|
||||
int decimateBy;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Auto-correlation window length
|
||||
int windowLen;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Number of channels (1 = mono, 2 = stereo)
|
||||
int channels;
|
||||
|
||||
/// sample rate
|
||||
int sampleRate;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Beginning of auto-correlation window: Autocorrelation isn't being updated for
|
||||
/// the first these many correlation bins.
|
||||
int windowStart;
|
||||
|
||||
/// FIFO-buffer for decimated processing samples.
|
||||
soundtouch::FIFOSampleBuffer *buffer;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Updates auto-correlation function for given number of decimated samples that
|
||||
/// are read from the internal 'buffer' pipe (samples aren't removed from the pipe
|
||||
/// though).
|
||||
void updateXCorr(int process_samples /// How many samples are processed.
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Decimates samples to approx. 500 Hz.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// \return Number of output samples.
|
||||
int decimate(soundtouch::SAMPLETYPE *dest, ///< Destination buffer
|
||||
const soundtouch::SAMPLETYPE *src, ///< Source sample buffer
|
||||
int numsamples ///< Number of source samples.
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Calculates amplitude envelope for the buffer of samples.
|
||||
/// Result is output to 'samples'.
|
||||
void calcEnvelope(soundtouch::SAMPLETYPE *samples, ///< Pointer to input/output data buffer
|
||||
int numsamples ///< Number of samples in buffer
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/// remove constant bias from xcorr data
|
||||
void removeBias();
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/// Constructor.
|
||||
BPMDetect(int numChannels, ///< Number of channels in sample data.
|
||||
int sampleRate ///< Sample rate in Hz.
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Destructor.
|
||||
virtual ~BPMDetect();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Inputs a block of samples for analyzing: Envelopes the samples and then
|
||||
/// updates the autocorrelation estimation. When whole song data has been input
|
||||
/// in smaller blocks using this function, read the resulting bpm with 'getBpm'
|
||||
/// function.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Notice that data in 'samples' array can be disrupted in processing.
|
||||
void inputSamples(const soundtouch::SAMPLETYPE *samples, ///< Pointer to input/working data buffer
|
||||
int numSamples ///< Number of samples in buffer
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Analyzes the results and returns the BPM rate. Use this function to read result
|
||||
/// after whole song data has been input to the class by consecutive calls of
|
||||
/// 'inputSamples' function.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// \return Beats-per-minute rate, or zero if detection failed.
|
||||
float getBpm();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _BPMDetect_H_
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Beats-per-minute (BPM) detection routine.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The beat detection algorithm works as follows:
|
||||
/// - Use function 'inputSamples' to input a chunks of samples to the class for
|
||||
/// analysis. It's a good idea to enter a large sound file or stream in smallish
|
||||
/// chunks of around few kilosamples in order not to extinguish too much RAM memory.
|
||||
/// - Input sound data is decimated to approx 500 Hz to reduce calculation burden,
|
||||
/// which is basically ok as low (bass) frequencies mostly determine the beat rate.
|
||||
/// Simple averaging is used for anti-alias filtering because the resulting signal
|
||||
/// quality isn't of that high importance.
|
||||
/// - Decimated sound data is enveloped, i.e. the amplitude shape is detected by
|
||||
/// taking absolute value that's smoothed by sliding average. Signal levels that
|
||||
/// are below a couple of times the general RMS amplitude level are cut away to
|
||||
/// leave only notable peaks there.
|
||||
/// - Repeating sound patterns (e.g. beats) are detected by calculating short-term
|
||||
/// autocorrelation function of the enveloped signal.
|
||||
/// - After whole sound data file has been analyzed as above, the bpm level is
|
||||
/// detected by function 'getBpm' that finds the highest peak of the autocorrelation
|
||||
/// function, calculates it's precise location and converts this reading to bpm's.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-08-30 19:53:44 +0000 (Thu, 30 Aug 2012) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: BPMDetect.h 150 2012-08-30 19:53:44Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _BPMDetect_H_
|
||||
#define _BPMDetect_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "STTypes.h"
|
||||
#include "FIFOSampleBuffer.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace soundtouch
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/// Minimum allowed BPM rate. Used to restrict accepted result above a reasonable limit.
|
||||
#define MIN_BPM 29
|
||||
|
||||
/// Maximum allowed BPM rate. Used to restrict accepted result below a reasonable limit.
|
||||
#define MAX_BPM 200
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Class for calculating BPM rate for audio data.
|
||||
class BPMDetect
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
/// Auto-correlation accumulator bins.
|
||||
float *xcorr;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Amplitude envelope sliding average approximation level accumulator
|
||||
double envelopeAccu;
|
||||
|
||||
/// RMS volume sliding average approximation level accumulator
|
||||
double RMSVolumeAccu;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sample average counter.
|
||||
int decimateCount;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sample average accumulator for FIFO-like decimation.
|
||||
soundtouch::LONG_SAMPLETYPE decimateSum;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Decimate sound by this coefficient to reach approx. 500 Hz.
|
||||
int decimateBy;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Auto-correlation window length
|
||||
int windowLen;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Number of channels (1 = mono, 2 = stereo)
|
||||
int channels;
|
||||
|
||||
/// sample rate
|
||||
int sampleRate;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Beginning of auto-correlation window: Autocorrelation isn't being updated for
|
||||
/// the first these many correlation bins.
|
||||
int windowStart;
|
||||
|
||||
/// FIFO-buffer for decimated processing samples.
|
||||
soundtouch::FIFOSampleBuffer *buffer;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Updates auto-correlation function for given number of decimated samples that
|
||||
/// are read from the internal 'buffer' pipe (samples aren't removed from the pipe
|
||||
/// though).
|
||||
void updateXCorr(int process_samples /// How many samples are processed.
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Decimates samples to approx. 500 Hz.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// \return Number of output samples.
|
||||
int decimate(soundtouch::SAMPLETYPE *dest, ///< Destination buffer
|
||||
const soundtouch::SAMPLETYPE *src, ///< Source sample buffer
|
||||
int numsamples ///< Number of source samples.
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Calculates amplitude envelope for the buffer of samples.
|
||||
/// Result is output to 'samples'.
|
||||
void calcEnvelope(soundtouch::SAMPLETYPE *samples, ///< Pointer to input/output data buffer
|
||||
int numsamples ///< Number of samples in buffer
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/// remove constant bias from xcorr data
|
||||
void removeBias();
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/// Constructor.
|
||||
BPMDetect(int numChannels, ///< Number of channels in sample data.
|
||||
int sampleRate ///< Sample rate in Hz.
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Destructor.
|
||||
virtual ~BPMDetect();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Inputs a block of samples for analyzing: Envelopes the samples and then
|
||||
/// updates the autocorrelation estimation. When whole song data has been input
|
||||
/// in smaller blocks using this function, read the resulting bpm with 'getBpm'
|
||||
/// function.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Notice that data in 'samples' array can be disrupted in processing.
|
||||
void inputSamples(const soundtouch::SAMPLETYPE *samples, ///< Pointer to input/working data buffer
|
||||
int numSamples ///< Number of samples in buffer
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Analyzes the results and returns the BPM rate. Use this function to read result
|
||||
/// after whole song data has been input to the class by consecutive calls of
|
||||
/// 'inputSamples' function.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// \return Beats-per-minute rate, or zero if detection failed.
|
||||
float getBpm();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _BPMDetect_H_
|
||||
|
548
Externals/soundtouch/FIFOSampleBuffer.cpp
vendored
548
Externals/soundtouch/FIFOSampleBuffer.cpp
vendored
@ -1,274 +1,274 @@
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// A buffer class for temporarily storaging sound samples, operates as a
|
||||
/// first-in-first-out pipe.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Samples are added to the end of the sample buffer with the 'putSamples'
|
||||
/// function, and are received from the beginning of the buffer by calling
|
||||
/// the 'receiveSamples' function. The class automatically removes the
|
||||
/// outputted samples from the buffer, as well as grows the buffer size
|
||||
/// whenever necessary.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-11-08 20:53:01 +0200 (Thu, 08 Nov 2012) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: FIFOSampleBuffer.cpp 160 2012-11-08 18:53:01Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <memory.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "FIFOSampleBuffer.h"
|
||||
|
||||
using namespace soundtouch;
|
||||
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
FIFOSampleBuffer::FIFOSampleBuffer(int numChannels)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(numChannels > 0);
|
||||
sizeInBytes = 0; // reasonable initial value
|
||||
buffer = NULL;
|
||||
bufferUnaligned = NULL;
|
||||
samplesInBuffer = 0;
|
||||
bufferPos = 0;
|
||||
channels = (uint)numChannels;
|
||||
ensureCapacity(32); // allocate initial capacity
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// destructor
|
||||
FIFOSampleBuffer::~FIFOSampleBuffer()
|
||||
{
|
||||
delete[] bufferUnaligned;
|
||||
bufferUnaligned = NULL;
|
||||
buffer = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets number of channels, 1 = mono, 2 = stereo
|
||||
void FIFOSampleBuffer::setChannels(int numChannels)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint usedBytes;
|
||||
|
||||
assert(numChannels > 0);
|
||||
usedBytes = channels * samplesInBuffer;
|
||||
channels = (uint)numChannels;
|
||||
samplesInBuffer = usedBytes / channels;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// if output location pointer 'bufferPos' isn't zero, 'rewinds' the buffer and
|
||||
// zeroes this pointer by copying samples from the 'bufferPos' pointer
|
||||
// location on to the beginning of the buffer.
|
||||
void FIFOSampleBuffer::rewind()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (buffer && bufferPos)
|
||||
{
|
||||
memmove(buffer, ptrBegin(), sizeof(SAMPLETYPE) * channels * samplesInBuffer);
|
||||
bufferPos = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Adds 'numSamples' pcs of samples from the 'samples' memory position to
|
||||
// the sample buffer.
|
||||
void FIFOSampleBuffer::putSamples(const SAMPLETYPE *samples, uint nSamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy(ptrEnd(nSamples), samples, sizeof(SAMPLETYPE) * nSamples * channels);
|
||||
samplesInBuffer += nSamples;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Increases the number of samples in the buffer without copying any actual
|
||||
// samples.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This function is used to update the number of samples in the sample buffer
|
||||
// when accessing the buffer directly with 'ptrEnd' function. Please be
|
||||
// careful though!
|
||||
void FIFOSampleBuffer::putSamples(uint nSamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint req;
|
||||
|
||||
req = samplesInBuffer + nSamples;
|
||||
ensureCapacity(req);
|
||||
samplesInBuffer += nSamples;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns a pointer to the end of the used part of the sample buffer (i.e.
|
||||
// where the new samples are to be inserted). This function may be used for
|
||||
// inserting new samples into the sample buffer directly. Please be careful!
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Parameter 'slackCapacity' tells the function how much free capacity (in
|
||||
// terms of samples) there _at least_ should be, in order to the caller to
|
||||
// succesfully insert all the required samples to the buffer. When necessary,
|
||||
// the function grows the buffer size to comply with this requirement.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When using this function as means for inserting new samples, also remember
|
||||
// to increase the sample count afterwards, by calling the
|
||||
// 'putSamples(numSamples)' function.
|
||||
SAMPLETYPE *FIFOSampleBuffer::ptrEnd(uint slackCapacity)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ensureCapacity(samplesInBuffer + slackCapacity);
|
||||
return buffer + samplesInBuffer * channels;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns a pointer to the beginning of the currently non-outputted samples.
|
||||
// This function is provided for accessing the output samples directly.
|
||||
// Please be careful!
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When using this function to output samples, also remember to 'remove' the
|
||||
// outputted samples from the buffer by calling the
|
||||
// 'receiveSamples(numSamples)' function
|
||||
SAMPLETYPE *FIFOSampleBuffer::ptrBegin()
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(buffer);
|
||||
return buffer + bufferPos * channels;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Ensures that the buffer has enought capacity, i.e. space for _at least_
|
||||
// 'capacityRequirement' number of samples. The buffer is grown in steps of
|
||||
// 4 kilobytes to eliminate the need for frequently growing up the buffer,
|
||||
// as well as to round the buffer size up to the virtual memory page size.
|
||||
void FIFOSampleBuffer::ensureCapacity(uint capacityRequirement)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SAMPLETYPE *tempUnaligned, *temp;
|
||||
|
||||
if (capacityRequirement > getCapacity())
|
||||
{
|
||||
// enlarge the buffer in 4kbyte steps (round up to next 4k boundary)
|
||||
sizeInBytes = (capacityRequirement * channels * sizeof(SAMPLETYPE) + 4095) & (uint)-4096;
|
||||
assert(sizeInBytes % 2 == 0);
|
||||
tempUnaligned = new SAMPLETYPE[sizeInBytes / sizeof(SAMPLETYPE) + 16 / sizeof(SAMPLETYPE)];
|
||||
if (tempUnaligned == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ST_THROW_RT_ERROR("Couldn't allocate memory!\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Align the buffer to begin at 16byte cache line boundary for optimal performance
|
||||
temp = (SAMPLETYPE *)SOUNDTOUCH_ALIGN_POINTER_16(tempUnaligned);
|
||||
if (samplesInBuffer)
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy(temp, ptrBegin(), samplesInBuffer * channels * sizeof(SAMPLETYPE));
|
||||
}
|
||||
delete[] bufferUnaligned;
|
||||
buffer = temp;
|
||||
bufferUnaligned = tempUnaligned;
|
||||
bufferPos = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// simply rewind the buffer (if necessary)
|
||||
rewind();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns the current buffer capacity in terms of samples
|
||||
uint FIFOSampleBuffer::getCapacity() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return sizeInBytes / (channels * sizeof(SAMPLETYPE));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns the number of samples currently in the buffer
|
||||
uint FIFOSampleBuffer::numSamples() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return samplesInBuffer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Output samples from beginning of the sample buffer. Copies demanded number
|
||||
// of samples to output and removes them from the sample buffer. If there
|
||||
// are less than 'numsample' samples in the buffer, returns all available.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Returns number of samples copied.
|
||||
uint FIFOSampleBuffer::receiveSamples(SAMPLETYPE *output, uint maxSamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint num;
|
||||
|
||||
num = (maxSamples > samplesInBuffer) ? samplesInBuffer : maxSamples;
|
||||
|
||||
memcpy(output, ptrBegin(), channels * sizeof(SAMPLETYPE) * num);
|
||||
return receiveSamples(num);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Removes samples from the beginning of the sample buffer without copying them
|
||||
// anywhere. Used to reduce the number of samples in the buffer, when accessing
|
||||
// the sample buffer with the 'ptrBegin' function.
|
||||
uint FIFOSampleBuffer::receiveSamples(uint maxSamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (maxSamples >= samplesInBuffer)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint temp;
|
||||
|
||||
temp = samplesInBuffer;
|
||||
samplesInBuffer = 0;
|
||||
return temp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
samplesInBuffer -= maxSamples;
|
||||
bufferPos += maxSamples;
|
||||
|
||||
return maxSamples;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns nonzero if the sample buffer is empty
|
||||
int FIFOSampleBuffer::isEmpty() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (samplesInBuffer == 0) ? 1 : 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Clears the sample buffer
|
||||
void FIFOSampleBuffer::clear()
|
||||
{
|
||||
samplesInBuffer = 0;
|
||||
bufferPos = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// allow trimming (downwards) amount of samples in pipeline.
|
||||
/// Returns adjusted amount of samples
|
||||
uint FIFOSampleBuffer::adjustAmountOfSamples(uint numSamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (numSamples < samplesInBuffer)
|
||||
{
|
||||
samplesInBuffer = numSamples;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return samplesInBuffer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// A buffer class for temporarily storaging sound samples, operates as a
|
||||
/// first-in-first-out pipe.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Samples are added to the end of the sample buffer with the 'putSamples'
|
||||
/// function, and are received from the beginning of the buffer by calling
|
||||
/// the 'receiveSamples' function. The class automatically removes the
|
||||
/// outputted samples from the buffer, as well as grows the buffer size
|
||||
/// whenever necessary.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-11-08 18:53:01 +0000 (Thu, 08 Nov 2012) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: FIFOSampleBuffer.cpp 160 2012-11-08 18:53:01Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <memory.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "FIFOSampleBuffer.h"
|
||||
|
||||
using namespace soundtouch;
|
||||
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
FIFOSampleBuffer::FIFOSampleBuffer(int numChannels)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(numChannels > 0);
|
||||
sizeInBytes = 0; // reasonable initial value
|
||||
buffer = NULL;
|
||||
bufferUnaligned = NULL;
|
||||
samplesInBuffer = 0;
|
||||
bufferPos = 0;
|
||||
channels = (uint)numChannels;
|
||||
ensureCapacity(32); // allocate initial capacity
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// destructor
|
||||
FIFOSampleBuffer::~FIFOSampleBuffer()
|
||||
{
|
||||
delete[] bufferUnaligned;
|
||||
bufferUnaligned = NULL;
|
||||
buffer = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets number of channels, 1 = mono, 2 = stereo
|
||||
void FIFOSampleBuffer::setChannels(int numChannels)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint usedBytes;
|
||||
|
||||
assert(numChannels > 0);
|
||||
usedBytes = channels * samplesInBuffer;
|
||||
channels = (uint)numChannels;
|
||||
samplesInBuffer = usedBytes / channels;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// if output location pointer 'bufferPos' isn't zero, 'rewinds' the buffer and
|
||||
// zeroes this pointer by copying samples from the 'bufferPos' pointer
|
||||
// location on to the beginning of the buffer.
|
||||
void FIFOSampleBuffer::rewind()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (buffer && bufferPos)
|
||||
{
|
||||
memmove(buffer, ptrBegin(), sizeof(SAMPLETYPE) * channels * samplesInBuffer);
|
||||
bufferPos = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Adds 'numSamples' pcs of samples from the 'samples' memory position to
|
||||
// the sample buffer.
|
||||
void FIFOSampleBuffer::putSamples(const SAMPLETYPE *samples, uint nSamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy(ptrEnd(nSamples), samples, sizeof(SAMPLETYPE) * nSamples * channels);
|
||||
samplesInBuffer += nSamples;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Increases the number of samples in the buffer without copying any actual
|
||||
// samples.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This function is used to update the number of samples in the sample buffer
|
||||
// when accessing the buffer directly with 'ptrEnd' function. Please be
|
||||
// careful though!
|
||||
void FIFOSampleBuffer::putSamples(uint nSamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint req;
|
||||
|
||||
req = samplesInBuffer + nSamples;
|
||||
ensureCapacity(req);
|
||||
samplesInBuffer += nSamples;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns a pointer to the end of the used part of the sample buffer (i.e.
|
||||
// where the new samples are to be inserted). This function may be used for
|
||||
// inserting new samples into the sample buffer directly. Please be careful!
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Parameter 'slackCapacity' tells the function how much free capacity (in
|
||||
// terms of samples) there _at least_ should be, in order to the caller to
|
||||
// succesfully insert all the required samples to the buffer. When necessary,
|
||||
// the function grows the buffer size to comply with this requirement.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When using this function as means for inserting new samples, also remember
|
||||
// to increase the sample count afterwards, by calling the
|
||||
// 'putSamples(numSamples)' function.
|
||||
SAMPLETYPE *FIFOSampleBuffer::ptrEnd(uint slackCapacity)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ensureCapacity(samplesInBuffer + slackCapacity);
|
||||
return buffer + samplesInBuffer * channels;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns a pointer to the beginning of the currently non-outputted samples.
|
||||
// This function is provided for accessing the output samples directly.
|
||||
// Please be careful!
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When using this function to output samples, also remember to 'remove' the
|
||||
// outputted samples from the buffer by calling the
|
||||
// 'receiveSamples(numSamples)' function
|
||||
SAMPLETYPE *FIFOSampleBuffer::ptrBegin()
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(buffer);
|
||||
return buffer + bufferPos * channels;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Ensures that the buffer has enought capacity, i.e. space for _at least_
|
||||
// 'capacityRequirement' number of samples. The buffer is grown in steps of
|
||||
// 4 kilobytes to eliminate the need for frequently growing up the buffer,
|
||||
// as well as to round the buffer size up to the virtual memory page size.
|
||||
void FIFOSampleBuffer::ensureCapacity(uint capacityRequirement)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SAMPLETYPE *tempUnaligned, *temp;
|
||||
|
||||
if (capacityRequirement > getCapacity())
|
||||
{
|
||||
// enlarge the buffer in 4kbyte steps (round up to next 4k boundary)
|
||||
sizeInBytes = (capacityRequirement * channels * sizeof(SAMPLETYPE) + 4095) & (uint)-4096;
|
||||
assert(sizeInBytes % 2 == 0);
|
||||
tempUnaligned = new SAMPLETYPE[sizeInBytes / sizeof(SAMPLETYPE) + 16 / sizeof(SAMPLETYPE)];
|
||||
if (tempUnaligned == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ST_THROW_RT_ERROR("Couldn't allocate memory!\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Align the buffer to begin at 16byte cache line boundary for optimal performance
|
||||
temp = (SAMPLETYPE *)SOUNDTOUCH_ALIGN_POINTER_16(tempUnaligned);
|
||||
if (samplesInBuffer)
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy(temp, ptrBegin(), samplesInBuffer * channels * sizeof(SAMPLETYPE));
|
||||
}
|
||||
delete[] bufferUnaligned;
|
||||
buffer = temp;
|
||||
bufferUnaligned = tempUnaligned;
|
||||
bufferPos = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// simply rewind the buffer (if necessary)
|
||||
rewind();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns the current buffer capacity in terms of samples
|
||||
uint FIFOSampleBuffer::getCapacity() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return sizeInBytes / (channels * sizeof(SAMPLETYPE));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns the number of samples currently in the buffer
|
||||
uint FIFOSampleBuffer::numSamples() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return samplesInBuffer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Output samples from beginning of the sample buffer. Copies demanded number
|
||||
// of samples to output and removes them from the sample buffer. If there
|
||||
// are less than 'numsample' samples in the buffer, returns all available.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Returns number of samples copied.
|
||||
uint FIFOSampleBuffer::receiveSamples(SAMPLETYPE *output, uint maxSamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint num;
|
||||
|
||||
num = (maxSamples > samplesInBuffer) ? samplesInBuffer : maxSamples;
|
||||
|
||||
memcpy(output, ptrBegin(), channels * sizeof(SAMPLETYPE) * num);
|
||||
return receiveSamples(num);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Removes samples from the beginning of the sample buffer without copying them
|
||||
// anywhere. Used to reduce the number of samples in the buffer, when accessing
|
||||
// the sample buffer with the 'ptrBegin' function.
|
||||
uint FIFOSampleBuffer::receiveSamples(uint maxSamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (maxSamples >= samplesInBuffer)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint temp;
|
||||
|
||||
temp = samplesInBuffer;
|
||||
samplesInBuffer = 0;
|
||||
return temp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
samplesInBuffer -= maxSamples;
|
||||
bufferPos += maxSamples;
|
||||
|
||||
return maxSamples;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns nonzero if the sample buffer is empty
|
||||
int FIFOSampleBuffer::isEmpty() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (samplesInBuffer == 0) ? 1 : 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Clears the sample buffer
|
||||
void FIFOSampleBuffer::clear()
|
||||
{
|
||||
samplesInBuffer = 0;
|
||||
bufferPos = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// allow trimming (downwards) amount of samples in pipeline.
|
||||
/// Returns adjusted amount of samples
|
||||
uint FIFOSampleBuffer::adjustAmountOfSamples(uint numSamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (numSamples < samplesInBuffer)
|
||||
{
|
||||
samplesInBuffer = numSamples;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return samplesInBuffer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
356
Externals/soundtouch/FIFOSampleBuffer.h
vendored
356
Externals/soundtouch/FIFOSampleBuffer.h
vendored
@ -1,178 +1,178 @@
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// A buffer class for temporarily storaging sound samples, operates as a
|
||||
/// first-in-first-out pipe.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Samples are added to the end of the sample buffer with the 'putSamples'
|
||||
/// function, and are received from the beginning of the buffer by calling
|
||||
/// the 'receiveSamples' function. The class automatically removes the
|
||||
/// output samples from the buffer as well as grows the storage size
|
||||
/// whenever necessary.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-06-13 22:29:53 +0300 (Wed, 13 Jun 2012) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: FIFOSampleBuffer.h 143 2012-06-13 19:29:53Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FIFOSampleBuffer_H
|
||||
#define FIFOSampleBuffer_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "FIFOSamplePipe.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace soundtouch
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sample buffer working in FIFO (first-in-first-out) principle. The class takes
|
||||
/// care of storage size adjustment and data moving during input/output operations.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Notice that in case of stereo audio, one sample is considered to consist of
|
||||
/// both channel data.
|
||||
class FIFOSampleBuffer : public FIFOSamplePipe
|
||||
{
|
||||
private:
|
||||
/// Sample buffer.
|
||||
SAMPLETYPE *buffer;
|
||||
|
||||
// Raw unaligned buffer memory. 'buffer' is made aligned by pointing it to first
|
||||
// 16-byte aligned location of this buffer
|
||||
SAMPLETYPE *bufferUnaligned;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sample buffer size in bytes
|
||||
uint sizeInBytes;
|
||||
|
||||
/// How many samples are currently in buffer.
|
||||
uint samplesInBuffer;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Channels, 1=mono, 2=stereo.
|
||||
uint channels;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Current position pointer to the buffer. This pointer is increased when samples are
|
||||
/// removed from the pipe so that it's necessary to actually rewind buffer (move data)
|
||||
/// only new data when is put to the pipe.
|
||||
uint bufferPos;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Rewind the buffer by moving data from position pointed by 'bufferPos' to real
|
||||
/// beginning of the buffer.
|
||||
void rewind();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Ensures that the buffer has capacity for at least this many samples.
|
||||
void ensureCapacity(uint capacityRequirement);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns current capacity.
|
||||
uint getCapacity() const;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/// Constructor
|
||||
FIFOSampleBuffer(int numChannels = 2 ///< Number of channels, 1=mono, 2=stereo.
|
||||
///< Default is stereo.
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/// destructor
|
||||
~FIFOSampleBuffer();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns a pointer to the beginning of the output samples.
|
||||
/// This function is provided for accessing the output samples directly.
|
||||
/// Please be careful for not to corrupt the book-keeping!
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// When using this function to output samples, also remember to 'remove' the
|
||||
/// output samples from the buffer by calling the
|
||||
/// 'receiveSamples(numSamples)' function
|
||||
virtual SAMPLETYPE *ptrBegin();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns a pointer to the end of the used part of the sample buffer (i.e.
|
||||
/// where the new samples are to be inserted). This function may be used for
|
||||
/// inserting new samples into the sample buffer directly. Please be careful
|
||||
/// not corrupt the book-keeping!
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// When using this function as means for inserting new samples, also remember
|
||||
/// to increase the sample count afterwards, by calling the
|
||||
/// 'putSamples(numSamples)' function.
|
||||
SAMPLETYPE *ptrEnd(
|
||||
uint slackCapacity ///< How much free capacity (in samples) there _at least_
|
||||
///< should be so that the caller can succesfully insert the
|
||||
///< desired samples to the buffer. If necessary, the function
|
||||
///< grows the buffer size to comply with this requirement.
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Adds 'numSamples' pcs of samples from the 'samples' memory position to
|
||||
/// the sample buffer.
|
||||
virtual void putSamples(const SAMPLETYPE *samples, ///< Pointer to samples.
|
||||
uint numSamples ///< Number of samples to insert.
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Adjusts the book-keeping to increase number of samples in the buffer without
|
||||
/// copying any actual samples.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This function is used to update the number of samples in the sample buffer
|
||||
/// when accessing the buffer directly with 'ptrEnd' function. Please be
|
||||
/// careful though!
|
||||
virtual void putSamples(uint numSamples ///< Number of samples been inserted.
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Output samples from beginning of the sample buffer. Copies requested samples to
|
||||
/// output buffer and removes them from the sample buffer. If there are less than
|
||||
/// 'numsample' samples in the buffer, returns all that available.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// \return Number of samples returned.
|
||||
virtual uint receiveSamples(SAMPLETYPE *output, ///< Buffer where to copy output samples.
|
||||
uint maxSamples ///< How many samples to receive at max.
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Adjusts book-keeping so that given number of samples are removed from beginning of the
|
||||
/// sample buffer without copying them anywhere.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Used to reduce the number of samples in the buffer when accessing the sample buffer directly
|
||||
/// with 'ptrBegin' function.
|
||||
virtual uint receiveSamples(uint maxSamples ///< Remove this many samples from the beginning of pipe.
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns number of samples currently available.
|
||||
virtual uint numSamples() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets number of channels, 1 = mono, 2 = stereo.
|
||||
void setChannels(int numChannels);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns nonzero if there aren't any samples available for outputting.
|
||||
virtual int isEmpty() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Clears all the samples.
|
||||
virtual void clear();
|
||||
|
||||
/// allow trimming (downwards) amount of samples in pipeline.
|
||||
/// Returns adjusted amount of samples
|
||||
uint adjustAmountOfSamples(uint numSamples);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// A buffer class for temporarily storaging sound samples, operates as a
|
||||
/// first-in-first-out pipe.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Samples are added to the end of the sample buffer with the 'putSamples'
|
||||
/// function, and are received from the beginning of the buffer by calling
|
||||
/// the 'receiveSamples' function. The class automatically removes the
|
||||
/// output samples from the buffer as well as grows the storage size
|
||||
/// whenever necessary.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-06-13 19:29:53 +0000 (Wed, 13 Jun 2012) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: FIFOSampleBuffer.h 143 2012-06-13 19:29:53Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FIFOSampleBuffer_H
|
||||
#define FIFOSampleBuffer_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "FIFOSamplePipe.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace soundtouch
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sample buffer working in FIFO (first-in-first-out) principle. The class takes
|
||||
/// care of storage size adjustment and data moving during input/output operations.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Notice that in case of stereo audio, one sample is considered to consist of
|
||||
/// both channel data.
|
||||
class FIFOSampleBuffer : public FIFOSamplePipe
|
||||
{
|
||||
private:
|
||||
/// Sample buffer.
|
||||
SAMPLETYPE *buffer;
|
||||
|
||||
// Raw unaligned buffer memory. 'buffer' is made aligned by pointing it to first
|
||||
// 16-byte aligned location of this buffer
|
||||
SAMPLETYPE *bufferUnaligned;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sample buffer size in bytes
|
||||
uint sizeInBytes;
|
||||
|
||||
/// How many samples are currently in buffer.
|
||||
uint samplesInBuffer;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Channels, 1=mono, 2=stereo.
|
||||
uint channels;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Current position pointer to the buffer. This pointer is increased when samples are
|
||||
/// removed from the pipe so that it's necessary to actually rewind buffer (move data)
|
||||
/// only new data when is put to the pipe.
|
||||
uint bufferPos;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Rewind the buffer by moving data from position pointed by 'bufferPos' to real
|
||||
/// beginning of the buffer.
|
||||
void rewind();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Ensures that the buffer has capacity for at least this many samples.
|
||||
void ensureCapacity(uint capacityRequirement);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns current capacity.
|
||||
uint getCapacity() const;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/// Constructor
|
||||
FIFOSampleBuffer(int numChannels = 2 ///< Number of channels, 1=mono, 2=stereo.
|
||||
///< Default is stereo.
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/// destructor
|
||||
~FIFOSampleBuffer();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns a pointer to the beginning of the output samples.
|
||||
/// This function is provided for accessing the output samples directly.
|
||||
/// Please be careful for not to corrupt the book-keeping!
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// When using this function to output samples, also remember to 'remove' the
|
||||
/// output samples from the buffer by calling the
|
||||
/// 'receiveSamples(numSamples)' function
|
||||
virtual SAMPLETYPE *ptrBegin();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns a pointer to the end of the used part of the sample buffer (i.e.
|
||||
/// where the new samples are to be inserted). This function may be used for
|
||||
/// inserting new samples into the sample buffer directly. Please be careful
|
||||
/// not corrupt the book-keeping!
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// When using this function as means for inserting new samples, also remember
|
||||
/// to increase the sample count afterwards, by calling the
|
||||
/// 'putSamples(numSamples)' function.
|
||||
SAMPLETYPE *ptrEnd(
|
||||
uint slackCapacity ///< How much free capacity (in samples) there _at least_
|
||||
///< should be so that the caller can succesfully insert the
|
||||
///< desired samples to the buffer. If necessary, the function
|
||||
///< grows the buffer size to comply with this requirement.
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Adds 'numSamples' pcs of samples from the 'samples' memory position to
|
||||
/// the sample buffer.
|
||||
virtual void putSamples(const SAMPLETYPE *samples, ///< Pointer to samples.
|
||||
uint numSamples ///< Number of samples to insert.
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Adjusts the book-keeping to increase number of samples in the buffer without
|
||||
/// copying any actual samples.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This function is used to update the number of samples in the sample buffer
|
||||
/// when accessing the buffer directly with 'ptrEnd' function. Please be
|
||||
/// careful though!
|
||||
virtual void putSamples(uint numSamples ///< Number of samples been inserted.
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Output samples from beginning of the sample buffer. Copies requested samples to
|
||||
/// output buffer and removes them from the sample buffer. If there are less than
|
||||
/// 'numsample' samples in the buffer, returns all that available.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// \return Number of samples returned.
|
||||
virtual uint receiveSamples(SAMPLETYPE *output, ///< Buffer where to copy output samples.
|
||||
uint maxSamples ///< How many samples to receive at max.
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Adjusts book-keeping so that given number of samples are removed from beginning of the
|
||||
/// sample buffer without copying them anywhere.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Used to reduce the number of samples in the buffer when accessing the sample buffer directly
|
||||
/// with 'ptrBegin' function.
|
||||
virtual uint receiveSamples(uint maxSamples ///< Remove this many samples from the beginning of pipe.
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns number of samples currently available.
|
||||
virtual uint numSamples() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets number of channels, 1 = mono, 2 = stereo.
|
||||
void setChannels(int numChannels);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns nonzero if there aren't any samples available for outputting.
|
||||
virtual int isEmpty() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Clears all the samples.
|
||||
virtual void clear();
|
||||
|
||||
/// allow trimming (downwards) amount of samples in pipeline.
|
||||
/// Returns adjusted amount of samples
|
||||
uint adjustAmountOfSamples(uint numSamples);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
468
Externals/soundtouch/FIFOSamplePipe.h
vendored
468
Externals/soundtouch/FIFOSamplePipe.h
vendored
@ -1,234 +1,234 @@
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// 'FIFOSamplePipe' : An abstract base class for classes that manipulate sound
|
||||
/// samples by operating like a first-in-first-out pipe: New samples are fed
|
||||
/// into one end of the pipe with the 'putSamples' function, and the processed
|
||||
/// samples are received from the other end with the 'receiveSamples' function.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// 'FIFOProcessor' : A base class for classes the do signal processing with
|
||||
/// the samples while operating like a first-in-first-out pipe. When samples
|
||||
/// are input with the 'putSamples' function, the class processes them
|
||||
/// and moves the processed samples to the given 'output' pipe object, which
|
||||
/// may be either another processing stage, or a fifo sample buffer object.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-06-13 22:29:53 +0300 (Wed, 13 Jun 2012) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: FIFOSamplePipe.h 143 2012-06-13 19:29:53Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FIFOSamplePipe_H
|
||||
#define FIFOSamplePipe_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include "STTypes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace soundtouch
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/// Abstract base class for FIFO (first-in-first-out) sample processing classes.
|
||||
class FIFOSamplePipe
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// virtual default destructor
|
||||
virtual ~FIFOSamplePipe() {}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns a pointer to the beginning of the output samples.
|
||||
/// This function is provided for accessing the output samples directly.
|
||||
/// Please be careful for not to corrupt the book-keeping!
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// When using this function to output samples, also remember to 'remove' the
|
||||
/// output samples from the buffer by calling the
|
||||
/// 'receiveSamples(numSamples)' function
|
||||
virtual SAMPLETYPE *ptrBegin() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Adds 'numSamples' pcs of samples from the 'samples' memory position to
|
||||
/// the sample buffer.
|
||||
virtual void putSamples(const SAMPLETYPE *samples, ///< Pointer to samples.
|
||||
uint numSamples ///< Number of samples to insert.
|
||||
) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Moves samples from the 'other' pipe instance to this instance.
|
||||
void moveSamples(FIFOSamplePipe &other ///< Other pipe instance where from the receive the data.
|
||||
)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int oNumSamples = other.numSamples();
|
||||
|
||||
putSamples(other.ptrBegin(), oNumSamples);
|
||||
other.receiveSamples(oNumSamples);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Output samples from beginning of the sample buffer. Copies requested samples to
|
||||
/// output buffer and removes them from the sample buffer. If there are less than
|
||||
/// 'numsample' samples in the buffer, returns all that available.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// \return Number of samples returned.
|
||||
virtual uint receiveSamples(SAMPLETYPE *output, ///< Buffer where to copy output samples.
|
||||
uint maxSamples ///< How many samples to receive at max.
|
||||
) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Adjusts book-keeping so that given number of samples are removed from beginning of the
|
||||
/// sample buffer without copying them anywhere.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Used to reduce the number of samples in the buffer when accessing the sample buffer directly
|
||||
/// with 'ptrBegin' function.
|
||||
virtual uint receiveSamples(uint maxSamples ///< Remove this many samples from the beginning of pipe.
|
||||
) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns number of samples currently available.
|
||||
virtual uint numSamples() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns nonzero if there aren't any samples available for outputting.
|
||||
virtual int isEmpty() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Clears all the samples.
|
||||
virtual void clear() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// allow trimming (downwards) amount of samples in pipeline.
|
||||
/// Returns adjusted amount of samples
|
||||
virtual uint adjustAmountOfSamples(uint numSamples) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Base-class for sound processing routines working in FIFO principle. With this base
|
||||
/// class it's easy to implement sound processing stages that can be chained together,
|
||||
/// so that samples that are fed into beginning of the pipe automatically go through
|
||||
/// all the processing stages.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// When samples are input to this class, they're first processed and then put to
|
||||
/// the FIFO pipe that's defined as output of this class. This output pipe can be
|
||||
/// either other processing stage or a FIFO sample buffer.
|
||||
class FIFOProcessor :public FIFOSamplePipe
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
/// Internal pipe where processed samples are put.
|
||||
FIFOSamplePipe *output;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets output pipe.
|
||||
void setOutPipe(FIFOSamplePipe *pOutput)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(output == NULL);
|
||||
assert(pOutput != NULL);
|
||||
output = pOutput;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Constructor. Doesn't define output pipe; it has to be set be
|
||||
/// 'setOutPipe' function.
|
||||
FIFOProcessor()
|
||||
{
|
||||
output = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Constructor. Configures output pipe.
|
||||
FIFOProcessor(FIFOSamplePipe *pOutput ///< Output pipe.
|
||||
)
|
||||
{
|
||||
output = pOutput;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Destructor.
|
||||
virtual ~FIFOProcessor()
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns a pointer to the beginning of the output samples.
|
||||
/// This function is provided for accessing the output samples directly.
|
||||
/// Please be careful for not to corrupt the book-keeping!
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// When using this function to output samples, also remember to 'remove' the
|
||||
/// output samples from the buffer by calling the
|
||||
/// 'receiveSamples(numSamples)' function
|
||||
virtual SAMPLETYPE *ptrBegin()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return output->ptrBegin();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/// Output samples from beginning of the sample buffer. Copies requested samples to
|
||||
/// output buffer and removes them from the sample buffer. If there are less than
|
||||
/// 'numsample' samples in the buffer, returns all that available.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// \return Number of samples returned.
|
||||
virtual uint receiveSamples(SAMPLETYPE *outBuffer, ///< Buffer where to copy output samples.
|
||||
uint maxSamples ///< How many samples to receive at max.
|
||||
)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return output->receiveSamples(outBuffer, maxSamples);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Adjusts book-keeping so that given number of samples are removed from beginning of the
|
||||
/// sample buffer without copying them anywhere.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Used to reduce the number of samples in the buffer when accessing the sample buffer directly
|
||||
/// with 'ptrBegin' function.
|
||||
virtual uint receiveSamples(uint maxSamples ///< Remove this many samples from the beginning of pipe.
|
||||
)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return output->receiveSamples(maxSamples);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns number of samples currently available.
|
||||
virtual uint numSamples() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return output->numSamples();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns nonzero if there aren't any samples available for outputting.
|
||||
virtual int isEmpty() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return output->isEmpty();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// allow trimming (downwards) amount of samples in pipeline.
|
||||
/// Returns adjusted amount of samples
|
||||
virtual uint adjustAmountOfSamples(uint numSamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return output->adjustAmountOfSamples(numSamples);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// 'FIFOSamplePipe' : An abstract base class for classes that manipulate sound
|
||||
/// samples by operating like a first-in-first-out pipe: New samples are fed
|
||||
/// into one end of the pipe with the 'putSamples' function, and the processed
|
||||
/// samples are received from the other end with the 'receiveSamples' function.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// 'FIFOProcessor' : A base class for classes the do signal processing with
|
||||
/// the samples while operating like a first-in-first-out pipe. When samples
|
||||
/// are input with the 'putSamples' function, the class processes them
|
||||
/// and moves the processed samples to the given 'output' pipe object, which
|
||||
/// may be either another processing stage, or a fifo sample buffer object.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-06-13 19:29:53 +0000 (Wed, 13 Jun 2012) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: FIFOSamplePipe.h 143 2012-06-13 19:29:53Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FIFOSamplePipe_H
|
||||
#define FIFOSamplePipe_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include "STTypes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace soundtouch
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/// Abstract base class for FIFO (first-in-first-out) sample processing classes.
|
||||
class FIFOSamplePipe
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// virtual default destructor
|
||||
virtual ~FIFOSamplePipe() {}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns a pointer to the beginning of the output samples.
|
||||
/// This function is provided for accessing the output samples directly.
|
||||
/// Please be careful for not to corrupt the book-keeping!
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// When using this function to output samples, also remember to 'remove' the
|
||||
/// output samples from the buffer by calling the
|
||||
/// 'receiveSamples(numSamples)' function
|
||||
virtual SAMPLETYPE *ptrBegin() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Adds 'numSamples' pcs of samples from the 'samples' memory position to
|
||||
/// the sample buffer.
|
||||
virtual void putSamples(const SAMPLETYPE *samples, ///< Pointer to samples.
|
||||
uint numSamples ///< Number of samples to insert.
|
||||
) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Moves samples from the 'other' pipe instance to this instance.
|
||||
void moveSamples(FIFOSamplePipe &other ///< Other pipe instance where from the receive the data.
|
||||
)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int oNumSamples = other.numSamples();
|
||||
|
||||
putSamples(other.ptrBegin(), oNumSamples);
|
||||
other.receiveSamples(oNumSamples);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Output samples from beginning of the sample buffer. Copies requested samples to
|
||||
/// output buffer and removes them from the sample buffer. If there are less than
|
||||
/// 'numsample' samples in the buffer, returns all that available.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// \return Number of samples returned.
|
||||
virtual uint receiveSamples(SAMPLETYPE *output, ///< Buffer where to copy output samples.
|
||||
uint maxSamples ///< How many samples to receive at max.
|
||||
) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Adjusts book-keeping so that given number of samples are removed from beginning of the
|
||||
/// sample buffer without copying them anywhere.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Used to reduce the number of samples in the buffer when accessing the sample buffer directly
|
||||
/// with 'ptrBegin' function.
|
||||
virtual uint receiveSamples(uint maxSamples ///< Remove this many samples from the beginning of pipe.
|
||||
) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns number of samples currently available.
|
||||
virtual uint numSamples() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns nonzero if there aren't any samples available for outputting.
|
||||
virtual int isEmpty() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Clears all the samples.
|
||||
virtual void clear() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// allow trimming (downwards) amount of samples in pipeline.
|
||||
/// Returns adjusted amount of samples
|
||||
virtual uint adjustAmountOfSamples(uint numSamples) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Base-class for sound processing routines working in FIFO principle. With this base
|
||||
/// class it's easy to implement sound processing stages that can be chained together,
|
||||
/// so that samples that are fed into beginning of the pipe automatically go through
|
||||
/// all the processing stages.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// When samples are input to this class, they're first processed and then put to
|
||||
/// the FIFO pipe that's defined as output of this class. This output pipe can be
|
||||
/// either other processing stage or a FIFO sample buffer.
|
||||
class FIFOProcessor :public FIFOSamplePipe
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
/// Internal pipe where processed samples are put.
|
||||
FIFOSamplePipe *output;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets output pipe.
|
||||
void setOutPipe(FIFOSamplePipe *pOutput)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(output == NULL);
|
||||
assert(pOutput != NULL);
|
||||
output = pOutput;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Constructor. Doesn't define output pipe; it has to be set be
|
||||
/// 'setOutPipe' function.
|
||||
FIFOProcessor()
|
||||
{
|
||||
output = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Constructor. Configures output pipe.
|
||||
FIFOProcessor(FIFOSamplePipe *pOutput ///< Output pipe.
|
||||
)
|
||||
{
|
||||
output = pOutput;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Destructor.
|
||||
virtual ~FIFOProcessor()
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns a pointer to the beginning of the output samples.
|
||||
/// This function is provided for accessing the output samples directly.
|
||||
/// Please be careful for not to corrupt the book-keeping!
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// When using this function to output samples, also remember to 'remove' the
|
||||
/// output samples from the buffer by calling the
|
||||
/// 'receiveSamples(numSamples)' function
|
||||
virtual SAMPLETYPE *ptrBegin()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return output->ptrBegin();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/// Output samples from beginning of the sample buffer. Copies requested samples to
|
||||
/// output buffer and removes them from the sample buffer. If there are less than
|
||||
/// 'numsample' samples in the buffer, returns all that available.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// \return Number of samples returned.
|
||||
virtual uint receiveSamples(SAMPLETYPE *outBuffer, ///< Buffer where to copy output samples.
|
||||
uint maxSamples ///< How many samples to receive at max.
|
||||
)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return output->receiveSamples(outBuffer, maxSamples);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Adjusts book-keeping so that given number of samples are removed from beginning of the
|
||||
/// sample buffer without copying them anywhere.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Used to reduce the number of samples in the buffer when accessing the sample buffer directly
|
||||
/// with 'ptrBegin' function.
|
||||
virtual uint receiveSamples(uint maxSamples ///< Remove this many samples from the beginning of pipe.
|
||||
)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return output->receiveSamples(maxSamples);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns number of samples currently available.
|
||||
virtual uint numSamples() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return output->numSamples();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns nonzero if there aren't any samples available for outputting.
|
||||
virtual int isEmpty() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return output->isEmpty();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// allow trimming (downwards) amount of samples in pipeline.
|
||||
/// Returns adjusted amount of samples
|
||||
virtual uint adjustAmountOfSamples(uint numSamples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return output->adjustAmountOfSamples(numSamples);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
581
Externals/soundtouch/FIRFilter.cpp
vendored
581
Externals/soundtouch/FIRFilter.cpp
vendored
@ -1,259 +1,322 @@
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// General FIR digital filter routines with MMX optimization.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Note : MMX optimized functions reside in a separate, platform-specific file,
|
||||
/// e.g. 'mmx_win.cpp' or 'mmx_gcc.cpp'
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2011-09-02 21:56:11 +0300 (Fri, 02 Sep 2011) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: FIRFilter.cpp 131 2011-09-02 18:56:11Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include <memory.h>
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
#include <math.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include "FIRFilter.h"
|
||||
#include "cpu_detect.h"
|
||||
|
||||
using namespace soundtouch;
|
||||
|
||||
/*****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Implementation of the class 'FIRFilter'
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
FIRFilter::FIRFilter()
|
||||
{
|
||||
resultDivFactor = 0;
|
||||
resultDivider = 0;
|
||||
length = 0;
|
||||
lengthDiv8 = 0;
|
||||
filterCoeffs = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FIRFilter::~FIRFilter()
|
||||
{
|
||||
delete[] filterCoeffs;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Usual C-version of the filter routine for stereo sound
|
||||
uint FIRFilter::evaluateFilterStereo(SAMPLETYPE *dest, const SAMPLETYPE *src, uint numSamples) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint i, j, end;
|
||||
LONG_SAMPLETYPE suml, sumr;
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_FLOAT_SAMPLES
|
||||
// when using floating point samples, use a scaler instead of a divider
|
||||
// because division is much slower operation than multiplying.
|
||||
double dScaler = 1.0 / (double)resultDivider;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
assert(length != 0);
|
||||
assert(src != NULL);
|
||||
assert(dest != NULL);
|
||||
assert(filterCoeffs != NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
end = 2 * (numSamples - length);
|
||||
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < end; j += 2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const SAMPLETYPE *ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
suml = sumr = 0;
|
||||
ptr = src + j;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < length; i += 4)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// loop is unrolled by factor of 4 here for efficiency
|
||||
suml += ptr[2 * i + 0] * filterCoeffs[i + 0] +
|
||||
ptr[2 * i + 2] * filterCoeffs[i + 1] +
|
||||
ptr[2 * i + 4] * filterCoeffs[i + 2] +
|
||||
ptr[2 * i + 6] * filterCoeffs[i + 3];
|
||||
sumr += ptr[2 * i + 1] * filterCoeffs[i + 0] +
|
||||
ptr[2 * i + 3] * filterCoeffs[i + 1] +
|
||||
ptr[2 * i + 5] * filterCoeffs[i + 2] +
|
||||
ptr[2 * i + 7] * filterCoeffs[i + 3];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
|
||||
suml >>= resultDivFactor;
|
||||
sumr >>= resultDivFactor;
|
||||
// saturate to 16 bit integer limits
|
||||
suml = (suml < -32768) ? -32768 : (suml > 32767) ? 32767 : suml;
|
||||
// saturate to 16 bit integer limits
|
||||
sumr = (sumr < -32768) ? -32768 : (sumr > 32767) ? 32767 : sumr;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
suml *= dScaler;
|
||||
sumr *= dScaler;
|
||||
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
|
||||
dest[j] = (SAMPLETYPE)suml;
|
||||
dest[j + 1] = (SAMPLETYPE)sumr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return numSamples - length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Usual C-version of the filter routine for mono sound
|
||||
uint FIRFilter::evaluateFilterMono(SAMPLETYPE *dest, const SAMPLETYPE *src, uint numSamples) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint i, j, end;
|
||||
LONG_SAMPLETYPE sum;
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_FLOAT_SAMPLES
|
||||
// when using floating point samples, use a scaler instead of a divider
|
||||
// because division is much slower operation than multiplying.
|
||||
double dScaler = 1.0 / (double)resultDivider;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
assert(length != 0);
|
||||
|
||||
end = numSamples - length;
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < end; j ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sum = 0;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < length; i += 4)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// loop is unrolled by factor of 4 here for efficiency
|
||||
sum += src[i + 0] * filterCoeffs[i + 0] +
|
||||
src[i + 1] * filterCoeffs[i + 1] +
|
||||
src[i + 2] * filterCoeffs[i + 2] +
|
||||
src[i + 3] * filterCoeffs[i + 3];
|
||||
}
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
|
||||
sum >>= resultDivFactor;
|
||||
// saturate to 16 bit integer limits
|
||||
sum = (sum < -32768) ? -32768 : (sum > 32767) ? 32767 : sum;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
sum *= dScaler;
|
||||
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
|
||||
dest[j] = (SAMPLETYPE)sum;
|
||||
src ++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return end;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Set filter coeffiecients and length.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Throws an exception if filter length isn't divisible by 8
|
||||
void FIRFilter::setCoefficients(const SAMPLETYPE *coeffs, uint newLength, uint uResultDivFactor)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(newLength > 0);
|
||||
if (newLength % 8) ST_THROW_RT_ERROR("FIR filter length not divisible by 8");
|
||||
|
||||
lengthDiv8 = newLength / 8;
|
||||
length = lengthDiv8 * 8;
|
||||
assert(length == newLength);
|
||||
|
||||
resultDivFactor = uResultDivFactor;
|
||||
resultDivider = (SAMPLETYPE)::pow(2.0, (int)resultDivFactor);
|
||||
|
||||
delete[] filterCoeffs;
|
||||
filterCoeffs = new SAMPLETYPE[length];
|
||||
memcpy(filterCoeffs, coeffs, length * sizeof(SAMPLETYPE));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
uint FIRFilter::getLength() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Applies the filter to the given sequence of samples.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note : The amount of outputted samples is by value of 'filter_length'
|
||||
// smaller than the amount of input samples.
|
||||
uint FIRFilter::evaluate(SAMPLETYPE *dest, const SAMPLETYPE *src, uint numSamples, uint numChannels) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(numChannels == 1 || numChannels == 2);
|
||||
|
||||
assert(length > 0);
|
||||
assert(lengthDiv8 * 8 == length);
|
||||
if (numSamples < length) return 0;
|
||||
if (numChannels == 2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return evaluateFilterStereo(dest, src, numSamples);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return evaluateFilterMono(dest, src, numSamples);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Operator 'new' is overloaded so that it automatically creates a suitable instance
|
||||
// depending on if we've a MMX-capable CPU available or not.
|
||||
void * FIRFilter::operator new(size_t s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Notice! don't use "new FIRFilter" directly, use "newInstance" to create a new instance instead!
|
||||
ST_THROW_RT_ERROR("Error in FIRFilter::new: Don't use 'new FIRFilter', use 'newInstance' member instead!");
|
||||
return newInstance();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FIRFilter * FIRFilter::newInstance()
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint uExtensions;
|
||||
|
||||
uExtensions = detectCPUextensions();
|
||||
|
||||
// Check if MMX/SSE instruction set extensions supported by CPU
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_MMX
|
||||
// MMX routines available only with integer sample types
|
||||
if (uExtensions & SUPPORT_MMX)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ::new FIRFilterMMX;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_MMX
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_SSE
|
||||
if (uExtensions & SUPPORT_SSE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// SSE support
|
||||
return ::new FIRFilterSSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_SSE
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
// ISA optimizations not supported, use plain C version
|
||||
return ::new FIRFilter;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// General FIR digital filter routines with MMX optimization.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Note : MMX optimized functions reside in a separate, platform-specific file,
|
||||
/// e.g. 'mmx_win.cpp' or 'mmx_gcc.cpp'
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2013-06-12 15:24:44 +0000 (Wed, 12 Jun 2013) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: FIRFilter.cpp 171 2013-06-12 15:24:44Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include <memory.h>
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
#include <math.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include "FIRFilter.h"
|
||||
#include "cpu_detect.h"
|
||||
|
||||
using namespace soundtouch;
|
||||
|
||||
/*****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Implementation of the class 'FIRFilter'
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
FIRFilter::FIRFilter()
|
||||
{
|
||||
resultDivFactor = 0;
|
||||
resultDivider = 0;
|
||||
length = 0;
|
||||
lengthDiv8 = 0;
|
||||
filterCoeffs = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FIRFilter::~FIRFilter()
|
||||
{
|
||||
delete[] filterCoeffs;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Usual C-version of the filter routine for stereo sound
|
||||
uint FIRFilter::evaluateFilterStereo(SAMPLETYPE *dest, const SAMPLETYPE *src, uint numSamples) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint i, j, end;
|
||||
LONG_SAMPLETYPE suml, sumr;
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_FLOAT_SAMPLES
|
||||
// when using floating point samples, use a scaler instead of a divider
|
||||
// because division is much slower operation than multiplying.
|
||||
double dScaler = 1.0 / (double)resultDivider;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
assert(length != 0);
|
||||
assert(src != NULL);
|
||||
assert(dest != NULL);
|
||||
assert(filterCoeffs != NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
end = 2 * (numSamples - length);
|
||||
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < end; j += 2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const SAMPLETYPE *ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
suml = sumr = 0;
|
||||
ptr = src + j;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < length; i += 4)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// loop is unrolled by factor of 4 here for efficiency
|
||||
suml += ptr[2 * i + 0] * filterCoeffs[i + 0] +
|
||||
ptr[2 * i + 2] * filterCoeffs[i + 1] +
|
||||
ptr[2 * i + 4] * filterCoeffs[i + 2] +
|
||||
ptr[2 * i + 6] * filterCoeffs[i + 3];
|
||||
sumr += ptr[2 * i + 1] * filterCoeffs[i + 0] +
|
||||
ptr[2 * i + 3] * filterCoeffs[i + 1] +
|
||||
ptr[2 * i + 5] * filterCoeffs[i + 2] +
|
||||
ptr[2 * i + 7] * filterCoeffs[i + 3];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
|
||||
suml >>= resultDivFactor;
|
||||
sumr >>= resultDivFactor;
|
||||
// saturate to 16 bit integer limits
|
||||
suml = (suml < -32768) ? -32768 : (suml > 32767) ? 32767 : suml;
|
||||
// saturate to 16 bit integer limits
|
||||
sumr = (sumr < -32768) ? -32768 : (sumr > 32767) ? 32767 : sumr;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
suml *= dScaler;
|
||||
sumr *= dScaler;
|
||||
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
|
||||
dest[j] = (SAMPLETYPE)suml;
|
||||
dest[j + 1] = (SAMPLETYPE)sumr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return numSamples - length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Usual C-version of the filter routine for mono sound
|
||||
uint FIRFilter::evaluateFilterMono(SAMPLETYPE *dest, const SAMPLETYPE *src, uint numSamples) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint i, j, end;
|
||||
LONG_SAMPLETYPE sum;
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_FLOAT_SAMPLES
|
||||
// when using floating point samples, use a scaler instead of a divider
|
||||
// because division is much slower operation than multiplying.
|
||||
double dScaler = 1.0 / (double)resultDivider;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
assert(length != 0);
|
||||
|
||||
end = numSamples - length;
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < end; j ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sum = 0;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < length; i += 4)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// loop is unrolled by factor of 4 here for efficiency
|
||||
sum += src[i + 0] * filterCoeffs[i + 0] +
|
||||
src[i + 1] * filterCoeffs[i + 1] +
|
||||
src[i + 2] * filterCoeffs[i + 2] +
|
||||
src[i + 3] * filterCoeffs[i + 3];
|
||||
}
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
|
||||
sum >>= resultDivFactor;
|
||||
// saturate to 16 bit integer limits
|
||||
sum = (sum < -32768) ? -32768 : (sum > 32767) ? 32767 : sum;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
sum *= dScaler;
|
||||
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
|
||||
dest[j] = (SAMPLETYPE)sum;
|
||||
src ++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return end;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
uint FIRFilter::evaluateFilterMulti(SAMPLETYPE *dest, const SAMPLETYPE *src, uint numSamples, uint numChannels) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint i, j, end, c;
|
||||
LONG_SAMPLETYPE *sum=(LONG_SAMPLETYPE*)alloca(numChannels*sizeof(*sum));
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_FLOAT_SAMPLES
|
||||
// when using floating point samples, use a scaler instead of a divider
|
||||
// because division is much slower operation than multiplying.
|
||||
double dScaler = 1.0 / (double)resultDivider;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
assert(length != 0);
|
||||
assert(src != NULL);
|
||||
assert(dest != NULL);
|
||||
assert(filterCoeffs != NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
end = numChannels * (numSamples - length);
|
||||
|
||||
for (c = 0; c < numChannels; c ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sum[c] = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < end; j += numChannels)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const SAMPLETYPE *ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
ptr = src + j;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < length; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SAMPLETYPE coef=filterCoeffs[i];
|
||||
for (c = 0; c < numChannels; c ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sum[c] += ptr[0] * coef;
|
||||
ptr ++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for (c = 0; c < numChannels; c ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
|
||||
sum[c] >>= resultDivFactor;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
sum[c] *= dScaler;
|
||||
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
|
||||
*dest = (SAMPLETYPE)sum[c];
|
||||
dest++;
|
||||
sum[c] = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return numSamples - length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Set filter coeffiecients and length.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Throws an exception if filter length isn't divisible by 8
|
||||
void FIRFilter::setCoefficients(const SAMPLETYPE *coeffs, uint newLength, uint uResultDivFactor)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(newLength > 0);
|
||||
if (newLength % 8) ST_THROW_RT_ERROR("FIR filter length not divisible by 8");
|
||||
|
||||
lengthDiv8 = newLength / 8;
|
||||
length = lengthDiv8 * 8;
|
||||
assert(length == newLength);
|
||||
|
||||
resultDivFactor = uResultDivFactor;
|
||||
resultDivider = (SAMPLETYPE)::pow(2.0, (int)resultDivFactor);
|
||||
|
||||
delete[] filterCoeffs;
|
||||
filterCoeffs = new SAMPLETYPE[length];
|
||||
memcpy(filterCoeffs, coeffs, length * sizeof(SAMPLETYPE));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
uint FIRFilter::getLength() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Applies the filter to the given sequence of samples.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note : The amount of outputted samples is by value of 'filter_length'
|
||||
// smaller than the amount of input samples.
|
||||
uint FIRFilter::evaluate(SAMPLETYPE *dest, const SAMPLETYPE *src, uint numSamples, uint numChannels) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(length > 0);
|
||||
assert(lengthDiv8 * 8 == length);
|
||||
|
||||
if (numSamples < length) return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef USE_MULTICH_ALWAYS
|
||||
if (numChannels == 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return evaluateFilterMono(dest, src, numSamples);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (numChannels == 2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return evaluateFilterStereo(dest, src, numSamples);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif // USE_MULTICH_ALWAYS
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(numChannels > 0);
|
||||
return evaluateFilterMulti(dest, src, numSamples, numChannels);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Operator 'new' is overloaded so that it automatically creates a suitable instance
|
||||
// depending on if we've a MMX-capable CPU available or not.
|
||||
void * FIRFilter::operator new(size_t s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Notice! don't use "new FIRFilter" directly, use "newInstance" to create a new instance instead!
|
||||
ST_THROW_RT_ERROR("Error in FIRFilter::new: Don't use 'new FIRFilter', use 'newInstance' member instead!");
|
||||
return newInstance();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FIRFilter * FIRFilter::newInstance()
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint uExtensions;
|
||||
|
||||
uExtensions = detectCPUextensions();
|
||||
|
||||
// Check if MMX/SSE instruction set extensions supported by CPU
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_MMX
|
||||
// MMX routines available only with integer sample types
|
||||
if (uExtensions & SUPPORT_MMX)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ::new FIRFilterMMX;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_MMX
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_SSE
|
||||
if (uExtensions & SUPPORT_SSE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// SSE support
|
||||
return ::new FIRFilterSSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_SSE
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
// ISA optimizations not supported, use plain C version
|
||||
return ::new FIRFilter;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
291
Externals/soundtouch/FIRFilter.h
vendored
291
Externals/soundtouch/FIRFilter.h
vendored
@ -1,145 +1,146 @@
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// General FIR digital filter routines with MMX optimization.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Note : MMX optimized functions reside in a separate, platform-specific file,
|
||||
/// e.g. 'mmx_win.cpp' or 'mmx_gcc.cpp'
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2011-02-13 21:13:57 +0200 (Sun, 13 Feb 2011) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: FIRFilter.h 104 2011-02-13 19:13:57Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FIRFilter_H
|
||||
#define FIRFilter_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include "STTypes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace soundtouch
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
class FIRFilter
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Number of FIR filter taps
|
||||
uint length;
|
||||
// Number of FIR filter taps divided by 8
|
||||
uint lengthDiv8;
|
||||
|
||||
// Result divider factor in 2^k format
|
||||
uint resultDivFactor;
|
||||
|
||||
// Result divider value.
|
||||
SAMPLETYPE resultDivider;
|
||||
|
||||
// Memory for filter coefficients
|
||||
SAMPLETYPE *filterCoeffs;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual uint evaluateFilterStereo(SAMPLETYPE *dest,
|
||||
const SAMPLETYPE *src,
|
||||
uint numSamples) const;
|
||||
virtual uint evaluateFilterMono(SAMPLETYPE *dest,
|
||||
const SAMPLETYPE *src,
|
||||
uint numSamples) const;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
FIRFilter();
|
||||
virtual ~FIRFilter();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Operator 'new' is overloaded so that it automatically creates a suitable instance
|
||||
/// depending on if we've a MMX-capable CPU available or not.
|
||||
static void * operator new(size_t s);
|
||||
|
||||
static FIRFilter *newInstance();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Applies the filter to the given sequence of samples.
|
||||
/// Note : The amount of outputted samples is by value of 'filter_length'
|
||||
/// smaller than the amount of input samples.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// \return Number of samples copied to 'dest'.
|
||||
uint evaluate(SAMPLETYPE *dest,
|
||||
const SAMPLETYPE *src,
|
||||
uint numSamples,
|
||||
uint numChannels) const;
|
||||
|
||||
uint getLength() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void setCoefficients(const SAMPLETYPE *coeffs,
|
||||
uint newLength,
|
||||
uint uResultDivFactor);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Optional subclasses that implement CPU-specific optimizations:
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_MMX
|
||||
|
||||
/// Class that implements MMX optimized functions exclusive for 16bit integer samples type.
|
||||
class FIRFilterMMX : public FIRFilter
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
short *filterCoeffsUnalign;
|
||||
short *filterCoeffsAlign;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual uint evaluateFilterStereo(short *dest, const short *src, uint numSamples) const;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
FIRFilterMMX();
|
||||
~FIRFilterMMX();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void setCoefficients(const short *coeffs, uint newLength, uint uResultDivFactor);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_MMX
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_SSE
|
||||
/// Class that implements SSE optimized functions exclusive for floating point samples type.
|
||||
class FIRFilterSSE : public FIRFilter
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
float *filterCoeffsUnalign;
|
||||
float *filterCoeffsAlign;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual uint evaluateFilterStereo(float *dest, const float *src, uint numSamples) const;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
FIRFilterSSE();
|
||||
~FIRFilterSSE();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void setCoefficients(const float *coeffs, uint newLength, uint uResultDivFactor);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_SSE
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // FIRFilter_H
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// General FIR digital filter routines with MMX optimization.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Note : MMX optimized functions reside in a separate, platform-specific file,
|
||||
/// e.g. 'mmx_win.cpp' or 'mmx_gcc.cpp'
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2013-06-12 15:24:44 +0000 (Wed, 12 Jun 2013) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: FIRFilter.h 171 2013-06-12 15:24:44Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FIRFilter_H
|
||||
#define FIRFilter_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include "STTypes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace soundtouch
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
class FIRFilter
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// Number of FIR filter taps
|
||||
uint length;
|
||||
// Number of FIR filter taps divided by 8
|
||||
uint lengthDiv8;
|
||||
|
||||
// Result divider factor in 2^k format
|
||||
uint resultDivFactor;
|
||||
|
||||
// Result divider value.
|
||||
SAMPLETYPE resultDivider;
|
||||
|
||||
// Memory for filter coefficients
|
||||
SAMPLETYPE *filterCoeffs;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual uint evaluateFilterStereo(SAMPLETYPE *dest,
|
||||
const SAMPLETYPE *src,
|
||||
uint numSamples) const;
|
||||
virtual uint evaluateFilterMono(SAMPLETYPE *dest,
|
||||
const SAMPLETYPE *src,
|
||||
uint numSamples) const;
|
||||
virtual uint evaluateFilterMulti(SAMPLETYPE *dest, const SAMPLETYPE *src, uint numSamples, uint numChannels) const;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
FIRFilter();
|
||||
virtual ~FIRFilter();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Operator 'new' is overloaded so that it automatically creates a suitable instance
|
||||
/// depending on if we've a MMX-capable CPU available or not.
|
||||
static void * operator new(size_t s);
|
||||
|
||||
static FIRFilter *newInstance();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Applies the filter to the given sequence of samples.
|
||||
/// Note : The amount of outputted samples is by value of 'filter_length'
|
||||
/// smaller than the amount of input samples.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// \return Number of samples copied to 'dest'.
|
||||
uint evaluate(SAMPLETYPE *dest,
|
||||
const SAMPLETYPE *src,
|
||||
uint numSamples,
|
||||
uint numChannels) const;
|
||||
|
||||
uint getLength() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void setCoefficients(const SAMPLETYPE *coeffs,
|
||||
uint newLength,
|
||||
uint uResultDivFactor);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Optional subclasses that implement CPU-specific optimizations:
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_MMX
|
||||
|
||||
/// Class that implements MMX optimized functions exclusive for 16bit integer samples type.
|
||||
class FIRFilterMMX : public FIRFilter
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
short *filterCoeffsUnalign;
|
||||
short *filterCoeffsAlign;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual uint evaluateFilterStereo(short *dest, const short *src, uint numSamples) const;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
FIRFilterMMX();
|
||||
~FIRFilterMMX();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void setCoefficients(const short *coeffs, uint newLength, uint uResultDivFactor);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_MMX
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_SSE
|
||||
/// Class that implements SSE optimized functions exclusive for floating point samples type.
|
||||
class FIRFilterSSE : public FIRFilter
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
float *filterCoeffsUnalign;
|
||||
float *filterCoeffsAlign;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual uint evaluateFilterStereo(float *dest, const float *src, uint numSamples) const;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
FIRFilterSSE();
|
||||
~FIRFilterSSE();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void setCoefficients(const float *coeffs, uint newLength, uint uResultDivFactor);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_SSE
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // FIRFilter_H
|
||||
|
552
Externals/soundtouch/PeakFinder.cpp
vendored
552
Externals/soundtouch/PeakFinder.cpp
vendored
@ -1,276 +1,276 @@
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Peak detection routine.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The routine detects highest value on an array of values and calculates the
|
||||
/// precise peak location as a mass-center of the 'hump' around the peak value.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-12-28 21:52:47 +0200 (Fri, 28 Dec 2012) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: PeakFinder.cpp 164 2012-12-28 19:52:47Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include <math.h>
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "PeakFinder.h"
|
||||
|
||||
using namespace soundtouch;
|
||||
|
||||
#define max(x, y) (((x) > (y)) ? (x) : (y))
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PeakFinder::PeakFinder()
|
||||
{
|
||||
minPos = maxPos = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Finds real 'top' of a peak hump from neighnourhood of the given 'peakpos'.
|
||||
int PeakFinder::findTop(const float *data, int peakpos) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
int start, end;
|
||||
float refvalue;
|
||||
|
||||
refvalue = data[peakpos];
|
||||
|
||||
// seek within ±10 points
|
||||
start = peakpos - 10;
|
||||
if (start < minPos) start = minPos;
|
||||
end = peakpos + 10;
|
||||
if (end > maxPos) end = maxPos;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = start; i <= end; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (data[i] > refvalue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
peakpos = i;
|
||||
refvalue = data[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// failure if max value is at edges of seek range => it's not peak, it's at slope.
|
||||
if ((peakpos == start) || (peakpos == end)) return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
return peakpos;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Finds 'ground level' of a peak hump by starting from 'peakpos' and proceeding
|
||||
// to direction defined by 'direction' until next 'hump' after minimum value will
|
||||
// begin
|
||||
int PeakFinder::findGround(const float *data, int peakpos, int direction) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
int lowpos;
|
||||
int pos;
|
||||
int climb_count;
|
||||
float refvalue;
|
||||
float delta;
|
||||
|
||||
climb_count = 0;
|
||||
refvalue = data[peakpos];
|
||||
lowpos = peakpos;
|
||||
|
||||
pos = peakpos;
|
||||
|
||||
while ((pos > minPos+1) && (pos < maxPos-1))
|
||||
{
|
||||
int prevpos;
|
||||
|
||||
prevpos = pos;
|
||||
pos += direction;
|
||||
|
||||
// calculate derivate
|
||||
delta = data[pos] - data[prevpos];
|
||||
if (delta <= 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// going downhill, ok
|
||||
if (climb_count)
|
||||
{
|
||||
climb_count --; // decrease climb count
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// check if new minimum found
|
||||
if (data[pos] < refvalue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// new minimum found
|
||||
lowpos = pos;
|
||||
refvalue = data[pos];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// going uphill, increase climbing counter
|
||||
climb_count ++;
|
||||
if (climb_count > 5) break; // we've been climbing too long => it's next uphill => quit
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return lowpos;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Find offset where the value crosses the given level, when starting from 'peakpos' and
|
||||
// proceeds to direction defined in 'direction'
|
||||
int PeakFinder::findCrossingLevel(const float *data, float level, int peakpos, int direction) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
float peaklevel;
|
||||
int pos;
|
||||
|
||||
peaklevel = data[peakpos];
|
||||
assert(peaklevel >= level);
|
||||
pos = peakpos;
|
||||
while ((pos >= minPos) && (pos < maxPos))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (data[pos + direction] < level) return pos; // crossing found
|
||||
pos += direction;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return -1; // not found
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculates the center of mass location of 'data' array items between 'firstPos' and 'lastPos'
|
||||
double PeakFinder::calcMassCenter(const float *data, int firstPos, int lastPos) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
float sum;
|
||||
float wsum;
|
||||
|
||||
sum = 0;
|
||||
wsum = 0;
|
||||
for (i = firstPos; i <= lastPos; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sum += (float)i * data[i];
|
||||
wsum += data[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (wsum < 1e-6) return 0;
|
||||
return sum / wsum;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// get exact center of peak near given position by calculating local mass of center
|
||||
double PeakFinder::getPeakCenter(const float *data, int peakpos) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
float peakLevel; // peak level
|
||||
int crosspos1, crosspos2; // position where the peak 'hump' crosses cutting level
|
||||
float cutLevel; // cutting value
|
||||
float groundLevel; // ground level of the peak
|
||||
int gp1, gp2; // bottom positions of the peak 'hump'
|
||||
|
||||
// find ground positions.
|
||||
gp1 = findGround(data, peakpos, -1);
|
||||
gp2 = findGround(data, peakpos, 1);
|
||||
|
||||
groundLevel = 0.5f * (data[gp1] + data[gp2]);
|
||||
peakLevel = data[peakpos];
|
||||
|
||||
// calculate 70%-level of the peak
|
||||
cutLevel = 0.70f * peakLevel + 0.30f * groundLevel;
|
||||
// find mid-level crossings
|
||||
crosspos1 = findCrossingLevel(data, cutLevel, peakpos, -1);
|
||||
crosspos2 = findCrossingLevel(data, cutLevel, peakpos, 1);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((crosspos1 < 0) || (crosspos2 < 0)) return 0; // no crossing, no peak..
|
||||
|
||||
// calculate mass center of the peak surroundings
|
||||
return calcMassCenter(data, crosspos1, crosspos2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
double PeakFinder::detectPeak(const float *data, int aminPos, int amaxPos)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
int peakpos; // position of peak level
|
||||
double highPeak, peak;
|
||||
|
||||
this->minPos = aminPos;
|
||||
this->maxPos = amaxPos;
|
||||
|
||||
// find absolute peak
|
||||
peakpos = minPos;
|
||||
peak = data[minPos];
|
||||
for (i = minPos + 1; i < maxPos; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (data[i] > peak)
|
||||
{
|
||||
peak = data[i];
|
||||
peakpos = i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculate exact location of the highest peak mass center
|
||||
highPeak = getPeakCenter(data, peakpos);
|
||||
peak = highPeak;
|
||||
|
||||
// Now check if the highest peak were in fact harmonic of the true base beat peak
|
||||
// - sometimes the highest peak can be Nth harmonic of the true base peak yet
|
||||
// just a slightly higher than the true base
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 3; i < 10; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
double peaktmp, harmonic;
|
||||
int i1,i2;
|
||||
|
||||
harmonic = (double)i * 0.5;
|
||||
peakpos = (int)(highPeak / harmonic + 0.5f);
|
||||
if (peakpos < minPos) break;
|
||||
peakpos = findTop(data, peakpos); // seek true local maximum index
|
||||
if (peakpos == 0) continue; // no local max here
|
||||
|
||||
// calculate mass-center of possible harmonic peak
|
||||
peaktmp = getPeakCenter(data, peakpos);
|
||||
|
||||
// accept harmonic peak if
|
||||
// (a) it is found
|
||||
// (b) is within ±4% of the expected harmonic interval
|
||||
// (c) has at least half x-corr value of the max. peak
|
||||
|
||||
double diff = harmonic * peaktmp / highPeak;
|
||||
if ((diff < 0.96) || (diff > 1.04)) continue; // peak too afar from expected
|
||||
|
||||
// now compare to highest detected peak
|
||||
i1 = (int)(highPeak + 0.5);
|
||||
i2 = (int)(peaktmp + 0.5);
|
||||
if (data[i2] >= 0.4*data[i1])
|
||||
{
|
||||
// The harmonic is at least half as high primary peak,
|
||||
// thus use the harmonic peak instead
|
||||
peak = peaktmp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return peak;
|
||||
}
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Peak detection routine.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The routine detects highest value on an array of values and calculates the
|
||||
/// precise peak location as a mass-center of the 'hump' around the peak value.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-12-28 19:52:47 +0000 (Fri, 28 Dec 2012) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: PeakFinder.cpp 164 2012-12-28 19:52:47Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include <math.h>
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "PeakFinder.h"
|
||||
|
||||
using namespace soundtouch;
|
||||
|
||||
#define max(x, y) (((x) > (y)) ? (x) : (y))
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PeakFinder::PeakFinder()
|
||||
{
|
||||
minPos = maxPos = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Finds real 'top' of a peak hump from neighnourhood of the given 'peakpos'.
|
||||
int PeakFinder::findTop(const float *data, int peakpos) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
int start, end;
|
||||
float refvalue;
|
||||
|
||||
refvalue = data[peakpos];
|
||||
|
||||
// seek within ±10 points
|
||||
start = peakpos - 10;
|
||||
if (start < minPos) start = minPos;
|
||||
end = peakpos + 10;
|
||||
if (end > maxPos) end = maxPos;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = start; i <= end; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (data[i] > refvalue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
peakpos = i;
|
||||
refvalue = data[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// failure if max value is at edges of seek range => it's not peak, it's at slope.
|
||||
if ((peakpos == start) || (peakpos == end)) return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
return peakpos;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Finds 'ground level' of a peak hump by starting from 'peakpos' and proceeding
|
||||
// to direction defined by 'direction' until next 'hump' after minimum value will
|
||||
// begin
|
||||
int PeakFinder::findGround(const float *data, int peakpos, int direction) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
int lowpos;
|
||||
int pos;
|
||||
int climb_count;
|
||||
float refvalue;
|
||||
float delta;
|
||||
|
||||
climb_count = 0;
|
||||
refvalue = data[peakpos];
|
||||
lowpos = peakpos;
|
||||
|
||||
pos = peakpos;
|
||||
|
||||
while ((pos > minPos+1) && (pos < maxPos-1))
|
||||
{
|
||||
int prevpos;
|
||||
|
||||
prevpos = pos;
|
||||
pos += direction;
|
||||
|
||||
// calculate derivate
|
||||
delta = data[pos] - data[prevpos];
|
||||
if (delta <= 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// going downhill, ok
|
||||
if (climb_count)
|
||||
{
|
||||
climb_count --; // decrease climb count
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// check if new minimum found
|
||||
if (data[pos] < refvalue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// new minimum found
|
||||
lowpos = pos;
|
||||
refvalue = data[pos];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// going uphill, increase climbing counter
|
||||
climb_count ++;
|
||||
if (climb_count > 5) break; // we've been climbing too long => it's next uphill => quit
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return lowpos;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Find offset where the value crosses the given level, when starting from 'peakpos' and
|
||||
// proceeds to direction defined in 'direction'
|
||||
int PeakFinder::findCrossingLevel(const float *data, float level, int peakpos, int direction) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
float peaklevel;
|
||||
int pos;
|
||||
|
||||
peaklevel = data[peakpos];
|
||||
assert(peaklevel >= level);
|
||||
pos = peakpos;
|
||||
while ((pos >= minPos) && (pos < maxPos))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (data[pos + direction] < level) return pos; // crossing found
|
||||
pos += direction;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return -1; // not found
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculates the center of mass location of 'data' array items between 'firstPos' and 'lastPos'
|
||||
double PeakFinder::calcMassCenter(const float *data, int firstPos, int lastPos) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
float sum;
|
||||
float wsum;
|
||||
|
||||
sum = 0;
|
||||
wsum = 0;
|
||||
for (i = firstPos; i <= lastPos; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sum += (float)i * data[i];
|
||||
wsum += data[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (wsum < 1e-6) return 0;
|
||||
return sum / wsum;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// get exact center of peak near given position by calculating local mass of center
|
||||
double PeakFinder::getPeakCenter(const float *data, int peakpos) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
float peakLevel; // peak level
|
||||
int crosspos1, crosspos2; // position where the peak 'hump' crosses cutting level
|
||||
float cutLevel; // cutting value
|
||||
float groundLevel; // ground level of the peak
|
||||
int gp1, gp2; // bottom positions of the peak 'hump'
|
||||
|
||||
// find ground positions.
|
||||
gp1 = findGround(data, peakpos, -1);
|
||||
gp2 = findGround(data, peakpos, 1);
|
||||
|
||||
groundLevel = 0.5f * (data[gp1] + data[gp2]);
|
||||
peakLevel = data[peakpos];
|
||||
|
||||
// calculate 70%-level of the peak
|
||||
cutLevel = 0.70f * peakLevel + 0.30f * groundLevel;
|
||||
// find mid-level crossings
|
||||
crosspos1 = findCrossingLevel(data, cutLevel, peakpos, -1);
|
||||
crosspos2 = findCrossingLevel(data, cutLevel, peakpos, 1);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((crosspos1 < 0) || (crosspos2 < 0)) return 0; // no crossing, no peak..
|
||||
|
||||
// calculate mass center of the peak surroundings
|
||||
return calcMassCenter(data, crosspos1, crosspos2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
double PeakFinder::detectPeak(const float *data, int aminPos, int amaxPos)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
int peakpos; // position of peak level
|
||||
double highPeak, peak;
|
||||
|
||||
this->minPos = aminPos;
|
||||
this->maxPos = amaxPos;
|
||||
|
||||
// find absolute peak
|
||||
peakpos = minPos;
|
||||
peak = data[minPos];
|
||||
for (i = minPos + 1; i < maxPos; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (data[i] > peak)
|
||||
{
|
||||
peak = data[i];
|
||||
peakpos = i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculate exact location of the highest peak mass center
|
||||
highPeak = getPeakCenter(data, peakpos);
|
||||
peak = highPeak;
|
||||
|
||||
// Now check if the highest peak were in fact harmonic of the true base beat peak
|
||||
// - sometimes the highest peak can be Nth harmonic of the true base peak yet
|
||||
// just a slightly higher than the true base
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 3; i < 10; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
double peaktmp, harmonic;
|
||||
int i1,i2;
|
||||
|
||||
harmonic = (double)i * 0.5;
|
||||
peakpos = (int)(highPeak / harmonic + 0.5f);
|
||||
if (peakpos < minPos) break;
|
||||
peakpos = findTop(data, peakpos); // seek true local maximum index
|
||||
if (peakpos == 0) continue; // no local max here
|
||||
|
||||
// calculate mass-center of possible harmonic peak
|
||||
peaktmp = getPeakCenter(data, peakpos);
|
||||
|
||||
// accept harmonic peak if
|
||||
// (a) it is found
|
||||
// (b) is within ±4% of the expected harmonic interval
|
||||
// (c) has at least half x-corr value of the max. peak
|
||||
|
||||
double diff = harmonic * peaktmp / highPeak;
|
||||
if ((diff < 0.96) || (diff > 1.04)) continue; // peak too afar from expected
|
||||
|
||||
// now compare to highest detected peak
|
||||
i1 = (int)(highPeak + 0.5);
|
||||
i2 = (int)(peaktmp + 0.5);
|
||||
if (data[i2] >= 0.4*data[i1])
|
||||
{
|
||||
// The harmonic is at least half as high primary peak,
|
||||
// thus use the harmonic peak instead
|
||||
peak = peaktmp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return peak;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
194
Externals/soundtouch/PeakFinder.h
vendored
194
Externals/soundtouch/PeakFinder.h
vendored
@ -1,97 +1,97 @@
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The routine detects highest value on an array of values and calculates the
|
||||
/// precise peak location as a mass-center of the 'hump' around the peak value.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2011-12-30 22:33:46 +0200 (Fri, 30 Dec 2011) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: PeakFinder.h 132 2011-12-30 20:33:46Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _PeakFinder_H_
|
||||
#define _PeakFinder_H_
|
||||
|
||||
namespace soundtouch
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
class PeakFinder
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
/// Min, max allowed peak positions within the data vector
|
||||
int minPos, maxPos;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Calculates the mass center between given vector items.
|
||||
double calcMassCenter(const float *data, ///< Data vector.
|
||||
int firstPos, ///< Index of first vector item beloging to the peak.
|
||||
int lastPos ///< Index of last vector item beloging to the peak.
|
||||
) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Finds the data vector index where the monotoniously decreasing signal crosses the
|
||||
/// given level.
|
||||
int findCrossingLevel(const float *data, ///< Data vector.
|
||||
float level, ///< Goal crossing level.
|
||||
int peakpos, ///< Peak position index within the data vector.
|
||||
int direction /// Direction where to proceed from the peak: 1 = right, -1 = left.
|
||||
) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Finds real 'top' of a peak hump from neighnourhood of the given 'peakpos'.
|
||||
int findTop(const float *data, int peakpos) const;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Finds the 'ground' level, i.e. smallest level between two neighbouring peaks, to right-
|
||||
/// or left-hand side of the given peak position.
|
||||
int findGround(const float *data, /// Data vector.
|
||||
int peakpos, /// Peak position index within the data vector.
|
||||
int direction /// Direction where to proceed from the peak: 1 = right, -1 = left.
|
||||
) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// get exact center of peak near given position by calculating local mass of center
|
||||
double getPeakCenter(const float *data, int peakpos) const;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/// Constructor.
|
||||
PeakFinder();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Detect exact peak position of the data vector by finding the largest peak 'hump'
|
||||
/// and calculating the mass-center location of the peak hump.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// \return The location of the largest base harmonic peak hump.
|
||||
double detectPeak(const float *data, /// Data vector to be analyzed. The data vector has
|
||||
/// to be at least 'maxPos' items long.
|
||||
int minPos, ///< Min allowed peak location within the vector data.
|
||||
int maxPos ///< Max allowed peak location within the vector data.
|
||||
);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _PeakFinder_H_
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The routine detects highest value on an array of values and calculates the
|
||||
/// precise peak location as a mass-center of the 'hump' around the peak value.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2011-12-30 20:33:46 +0000 (Fri, 30 Dec 2011) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: PeakFinder.h 132 2011-12-30 20:33:46Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _PeakFinder_H_
|
||||
#define _PeakFinder_H_
|
||||
|
||||
namespace soundtouch
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
class PeakFinder
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
/// Min, max allowed peak positions within the data vector
|
||||
int minPos, maxPos;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Calculates the mass center between given vector items.
|
||||
double calcMassCenter(const float *data, ///< Data vector.
|
||||
int firstPos, ///< Index of first vector item beloging to the peak.
|
||||
int lastPos ///< Index of last vector item beloging to the peak.
|
||||
) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Finds the data vector index where the monotoniously decreasing signal crosses the
|
||||
/// given level.
|
||||
int findCrossingLevel(const float *data, ///< Data vector.
|
||||
float level, ///< Goal crossing level.
|
||||
int peakpos, ///< Peak position index within the data vector.
|
||||
int direction /// Direction where to proceed from the peak: 1 = right, -1 = left.
|
||||
) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Finds real 'top' of a peak hump from neighnourhood of the given 'peakpos'.
|
||||
int findTop(const float *data, int peakpos) const;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Finds the 'ground' level, i.e. smallest level between two neighbouring peaks, to right-
|
||||
/// or left-hand side of the given peak position.
|
||||
int findGround(const float *data, /// Data vector.
|
||||
int peakpos, /// Peak position index within the data vector.
|
||||
int direction /// Direction where to proceed from the peak: 1 = right, -1 = left.
|
||||
) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// get exact center of peak near given position by calculating local mass of center
|
||||
double getPeakCenter(const float *data, int peakpos) const;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/// Constructor.
|
||||
PeakFinder();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Detect exact peak position of the data vector by finding the largest peak 'hump'
|
||||
/// and calculating the mass-center location of the peak hump.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// \return The location of the largest base harmonic peak hump.
|
||||
double detectPeak(const float *data, /// Data vector to be analyzed. The data vector has
|
||||
/// to be at least 'maxPos' items long.
|
||||
int minPos, ///< Min allowed peak location within the vector data.
|
||||
int maxPos ///< Max allowed peak location within the vector data.
|
||||
);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _PeakFinder_H_
|
||||
|
1374
Externals/soundtouch/RateTransposer.cpp
vendored
1374
Externals/soundtouch/RateTransposer.cpp
vendored
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
319
Externals/soundtouch/RateTransposer.h
vendored
319
Externals/soundtouch/RateTransposer.h
vendored
@ -1,159 +1,160 @@
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Sample rate transposer. Changes sample rate by using linear interpolation
|
||||
/// together with anti-alias filtering (first order interpolation with anti-
|
||||
/// alias filtering should be quite adequate for this application).
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Use either of the derived classes of 'RateTransposerInteger' or
|
||||
/// 'RateTransposerFloat' for corresponding integer/floating point tranposing
|
||||
/// algorithm implementation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2009-02-21 18:00:14 +0200 (Sat, 21 Feb 2009) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: RateTransposer.h 63 2009-02-21 16:00:14Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef RateTransposer_H
|
||||
#define RateTransposer_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include "AAFilter.h"
|
||||
#include "FIFOSamplePipe.h"
|
||||
#include "FIFOSampleBuffer.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "STTypes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace soundtouch
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/// A common linear samplerate transposer class.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Note: Use function "RateTransposer::newInstance()" to create a new class
|
||||
/// instance instead of the "new" operator; that function automatically
|
||||
/// chooses a correct implementation depending on if integer or floating
|
||||
/// arithmetics are to be used.
|
||||
class RateTransposer : public FIFOProcessor
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
/// Anti-alias filter object
|
||||
AAFilter *pAAFilter;
|
||||
|
||||
float fRate;
|
||||
|
||||
int numChannels;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Buffer for collecting samples to feed the anti-alias filter between
|
||||
/// two batches
|
||||
FIFOSampleBuffer storeBuffer;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Buffer for keeping samples between transposing & anti-alias filter
|
||||
FIFOSampleBuffer tempBuffer;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Output sample buffer
|
||||
FIFOSampleBuffer outputBuffer;
|
||||
|
||||
BOOL bUseAAFilter;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void resetRegisters() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual uint transposeStereo(SAMPLETYPE *dest,
|
||||
const SAMPLETYPE *src,
|
||||
uint numSamples) = 0;
|
||||
virtual uint transposeMono(SAMPLETYPE *dest,
|
||||
const SAMPLETYPE *src,
|
||||
uint numSamples) = 0;
|
||||
inline uint transpose(SAMPLETYPE *dest,
|
||||
const SAMPLETYPE *src,
|
||||
uint numSamples);
|
||||
|
||||
void downsample(const SAMPLETYPE *src,
|
||||
uint numSamples);
|
||||
void upsample(const SAMPLETYPE *src,
|
||||
uint numSamples);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Transposes sample rate by applying anti-alias filter to prevent folding.
|
||||
/// Returns amount of samples returned in the "dest" buffer.
|
||||
/// The maximum amount of samples that can be returned at a time is set by
|
||||
/// the 'set_returnBuffer_size' function.
|
||||
void processSamples(const SAMPLETYPE *src,
|
||||
uint numSamples);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
RateTransposer();
|
||||
virtual ~RateTransposer();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Operator 'new' is overloaded so that it automatically creates a suitable instance
|
||||
/// depending on if we're to use integer or floating point arithmetics.
|
||||
static void *operator new(size_t s);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Use this function instead of "new" operator to create a new instance of this class.
|
||||
/// This function automatically chooses a correct implementation, depending on if
|
||||
/// integer ot floating point arithmetics are to be used.
|
||||
static RateTransposer *newInstance();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns the output buffer object
|
||||
FIFOSamplePipe *getOutput() { return &outputBuffer; };
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns the store buffer object
|
||||
FIFOSamplePipe *getStore() { return &storeBuffer; };
|
||||
|
||||
/// Return anti-alias filter object
|
||||
AAFilter *getAAFilter();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Enables/disables the anti-alias filter. Zero to disable, nonzero to enable
|
||||
void enableAAFilter(BOOL newMode);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns nonzero if anti-alias filter is enabled.
|
||||
BOOL isAAFilterEnabled() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets new target rate. Normal rate = 1.0, smaller values represent slower
|
||||
/// rate, larger faster rates.
|
||||
virtual void setRate(float newRate);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets the number of channels, 1 = mono, 2 = stereo
|
||||
void setChannels(int channels);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Adds 'numSamples' pcs of samples from the 'samples' memory position into
|
||||
/// the input of the object.
|
||||
void putSamples(const SAMPLETYPE *samples, uint numSamples);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Clears all the samples in the object
|
||||
void clear();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns nonzero if there aren't any samples available for outputting.
|
||||
int isEmpty() const;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Sample rate transposer. Changes sample rate by using linear interpolation
|
||||
/// together with anti-alias filtering (first order interpolation with anti-
|
||||
/// alias filtering should be quite adequate for this application).
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Use either of the derived classes of 'RateTransposerInteger' or
|
||||
/// 'RateTransposerFloat' for corresponding integer/floating point tranposing
|
||||
/// algorithm implementation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2013-06-12 15:24:44 +0000 (Wed, 12 Jun 2013) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: RateTransposer.h 171 2013-06-12 15:24:44Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef RateTransposer_H
|
||||
#define RateTransposer_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include "AAFilter.h"
|
||||
#include "FIFOSamplePipe.h"
|
||||
#include "FIFOSampleBuffer.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "STTypes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace soundtouch
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/// A common linear samplerate transposer class.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Note: Use function "RateTransposer::newInstance()" to create a new class
|
||||
/// instance instead of the "new" operator; that function automatically
|
||||
/// chooses a correct implementation depending on if integer or floating
|
||||
/// arithmetics are to be used.
|
||||
class RateTransposer : public FIFOProcessor
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
/// Anti-alias filter object
|
||||
AAFilter *pAAFilter;
|
||||
|
||||
float fRate;
|
||||
|
||||
int numChannels;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Buffer for collecting samples to feed the anti-alias filter between
|
||||
/// two batches
|
||||
FIFOSampleBuffer storeBuffer;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Buffer for keeping samples between transposing & anti-alias filter
|
||||
FIFOSampleBuffer tempBuffer;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Output sample buffer
|
||||
FIFOSampleBuffer outputBuffer;
|
||||
|
||||
BOOL bUseAAFilter;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void resetRegisters() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int transposeStereo(SAMPLETYPE *dest,
|
||||
const SAMPLETYPE *src,
|
||||
uint numSamples) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int transposeMono(SAMPLETYPE *dest,
|
||||
const SAMPLETYPE *src,
|
||||
uint numSamples) = 0;
|
||||
virtual int transposeMulti(SAMPLETYPE *dest, const SAMPLETYPE *src, uint nSamples) = 0;
|
||||
inline int transpose(SAMPLETYPE *dest,
|
||||
const SAMPLETYPE *src,
|
||||
uint numSamples);
|
||||
|
||||
void downsample(const SAMPLETYPE *src,
|
||||
uint numSamples);
|
||||
void upsample(const SAMPLETYPE *src,
|
||||
uint numSamples);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Transposes sample rate by applying anti-alias filter to prevent folding.
|
||||
/// Returns amount of samples returned in the "dest" buffer.
|
||||
/// The maximum amount of samples that can be returned at a time is set by
|
||||
/// the 'set_returnBuffer_size' function.
|
||||
void processSamples(const SAMPLETYPE *src,
|
||||
uint numSamples);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
RateTransposer();
|
||||
virtual ~RateTransposer();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Operator 'new' is overloaded so that it automatically creates a suitable instance
|
||||
/// depending on if we're to use integer or floating point arithmetics.
|
||||
static void *operator new(size_t s);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Use this function instead of "new" operator to create a new instance of this class.
|
||||
/// This function automatically chooses a correct implementation, depending on if
|
||||
/// integer ot floating point arithmetics are to be used.
|
||||
static RateTransposer *newInstance();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns the output buffer object
|
||||
FIFOSamplePipe *getOutput() { return &outputBuffer; };
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns the store buffer object
|
||||
FIFOSamplePipe *getStore() { return &storeBuffer; };
|
||||
|
||||
/// Return anti-alias filter object
|
||||
AAFilter *getAAFilter();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Enables/disables the anti-alias filter. Zero to disable, nonzero to enable
|
||||
void enableAAFilter(BOOL newMode);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns nonzero if anti-alias filter is enabled.
|
||||
BOOL isAAFilterEnabled() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets new target rate. Normal rate = 1.0, smaller values represent slower
|
||||
/// rate, larger faster rates.
|
||||
virtual void setRate(float newRate);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets the number of channels, 1 = mono, 2 = stereo
|
||||
void setChannels(int channels);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Adds 'numSamples' pcs of samples from the 'samples' memory position into
|
||||
/// the input of the object.
|
||||
void putSamples(const SAMPLETYPE *samples, uint numSamples);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Clears all the samples in the object
|
||||
void clear();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns nonzero if there aren't any samples available for outputting.
|
||||
int isEmpty() const;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
385
Externals/soundtouch/STTypes.h
vendored
385
Externals/soundtouch/STTypes.h
vendored
@ -1,191 +1,194 @@
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Common type definitions for SoundTouch audio processing library.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-12-28 16:53:56 +0200 (Fri, 28 Dec 2012) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 3 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: STTypes.h 162 2012-12-28 14:53:56Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef STTypes_H
|
||||
#define STTypes_H
|
||||
|
||||
typedef unsigned int uint;
|
||||
typedef unsigned long ulong;
|
||||
|
||||
// Patch for MinGW: on Win64 long is 32-bit
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN64
|
||||
typedef unsigned long long ulongptr;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
typedef ulong ulongptr;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Helper macro for aligning pointer up to next 16-byte boundary
|
||||
#define SOUNDTOUCH_ALIGN_POINTER_16(x) ( ( (ulongptr)(x) + 15 ) & ~(ulongptr)15 )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if (defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(ANDROID))
|
||||
// In GCC, include soundtouch_config.h made by config scritps.
|
||||
// Skip this in Android compilation that uses GCC but without configure scripts.
|
||||
//#include "soundtouch_config.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WINDEF_
|
||||
// if these aren't defined already by Windows headers, define now
|
||||
#if defined(__APPLE__)
|
||||
typedef signed char BOOL;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
typedef int BOOL;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define FALSE 0
|
||||
#define TRUE 1
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WINDEF_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
namespace soundtouch
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// Activate these undef's to overrule the possible sampletype
|
||||
/// setting inherited from some other header file:
|
||||
#undef SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
|
||||
#undef SOUNDTOUCH_FLOAT_SAMPLES
|
||||
|
||||
#if (defined(ANDROID) && defined(__SOFTFP__))
|
||||
// For Android compilation: Force use of Integer samples in case that
|
||||
// compilation uses soft-floating point emulation - soft-fp is way too slow
|
||||
#undef SOUNDTOUCH_FLOAT_SAMPLES
|
||||
#define SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !(SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES || SOUNDTOUCH_FLOAT_SAMPLES)
|
||||
|
||||
/// Choose either 32bit floating point or 16bit integer sampletype
|
||||
/// by choosing one of the following defines, unless this selection
|
||||
/// has already been done in some other file.
|
||||
////
|
||||
/// Notes:
|
||||
/// - In Windows environment, choose the sample format with the
|
||||
/// following defines.
|
||||
/// - In GNU environment, the floating point samples are used by
|
||||
/// default, but integer samples can be chosen by giving the
|
||||
/// following switch to the configure script:
|
||||
/// ./configure --enable-integer-samples
|
||||
/// However, if you still prefer to select the sample format here
|
||||
/// also in GNU environment, then please #undef the INTEGER_SAMPLE
|
||||
/// and FLOAT_SAMPLE defines first as in comments above.
|
||||
//#define SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES 1 //< 16bit integer samples
|
||||
#define SOUNDTOUCH_FLOAT_SAMPLES 1 //< 32bit float samples
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if (_M_IX86 || __i386__ || __x86_64__ || _M_X64)
|
||||
/// Define this to allow X86-specific assembler/intrinsic optimizations.
|
||||
/// Notice that library contains also usual C++ versions of each of these
|
||||
/// these routines, so if you're having difficulties getting the optimized
|
||||
/// routines compiled for whatever reason, you may disable these optimizations
|
||||
/// to make the library compile.
|
||||
|
||||
#define SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_X86_OPTIMIZATIONS 1
|
||||
|
||||
/// In GNU environment, allow the user to override this setting by
|
||||
/// giving the following switch to the configure script:
|
||||
/// ./configure --disable-x86-optimizations
|
||||
/// ./configure --enable-x86-optimizations=no
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_DISABLE_X86_OPTIMIZATIONS
|
||||
#undef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_X86_OPTIMIZATIONS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/// Always disable optimizations when not using a x86 systems.
|
||||
#undef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_X86_OPTIMIZATIONS
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// If defined, allows the SIMD-optimized routines to take minor shortcuts
|
||||
// for improved performance. Undefine to require faithfully similar SIMD
|
||||
// calculations as in normal C implementation.
|
||||
#define SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_NONEXACT_SIMD_OPTIMIZATION 1
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
|
||||
// 16bit integer sample type
|
||||
typedef short SAMPLETYPE;
|
||||
// data type for sample accumulation: Use 32bit integer to prevent overflows
|
||||
typedef long LONG_SAMPLETYPE;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_FLOAT_SAMPLES
|
||||
// check that only one sample type is defined
|
||||
#error "conflicting sample types defined"
|
||||
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_FLOAT_SAMPLES
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_X86_OPTIMIZATIONS
|
||||
// Allow MMX optimizations
|
||||
#ifndef _M_X64
|
||||
#define SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_MMX 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
// floating point samples
|
||||
typedef float SAMPLETYPE;
|
||||
// data type for sample accumulation: Use double to utilize full precision.
|
||||
typedef double LONG_SAMPLETYPE;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_X86_OPTIMIZATIONS
|
||||
// Allow SSE optimizations
|
||||
#define SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_SSE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// define ST_NO_EXCEPTION_HANDLING switch to disable throwing std exceptions:
|
||||
#define ST_NO_EXCEPTION_HANDLING 1
|
||||
#ifdef ST_NO_EXCEPTION_HANDLING
|
||||
// Exceptions disabled. Throw asserts instead if enabled.
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
#define ST_THROW_RT_ERROR(x) {assert((const char *)x);}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
// use c++ standard exceptions
|
||||
#include <stdexcept>
|
||||
#define ST_THROW_RT_ERROR(x) {throw std::runtime_error(x);}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// When this #define is active, eliminates a clicking sound when the "rate" or "pitch"
|
||||
// parameter setting crosses from value <1 to >=1 or vice versa during processing.
|
||||
// Default is off as such crossover is untypical case and involves a slight sound
|
||||
// quality compromise.
|
||||
//#define SOUNDTOUCH_PREVENT_CLICK_AT_RATE_CROSSOVER 1
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Common type definitions for SoundTouch audio processing library.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2013-06-12 15:24:44 +0000 (Wed, 12 Jun 2013) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 3 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: STTypes.h 171 2013-06-12 15:24:44Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef STTypes_H
|
||||
#define STTypes_H
|
||||
|
||||
typedef unsigned int uint;
|
||||
typedef unsigned long ulong;
|
||||
|
||||
// Patch for MinGW: on Win64 long is 32-bit
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN64
|
||||
typedef unsigned long long ulongptr;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
typedef ulong ulongptr;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Helper macro for aligning pointer up to next 16-byte boundary
|
||||
#define SOUNDTOUCH_ALIGN_POINTER_16(x) ( ( (ulongptr)(x) + 15 ) & ~(ulongptr)15 )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if (defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(ANDROID))
|
||||
// In GCC, include soundtouch_config.h made by config scritps.
|
||||
// Skip this in Android compilation that uses GCC but without configure scripts.
|
||||
#include "soundtouch_config.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WINDEF_
|
||||
// if these aren't defined already by Windows headers, define now
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int BOOL;
|
||||
|
||||
#define FALSE 0
|
||||
#define TRUE 1
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WINDEF_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
namespace soundtouch
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// Activate these undef's to overrule the possible sampletype
|
||||
/// setting inherited from some other header file:
|
||||
//#undef SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
|
||||
//#undef SOUNDTOUCH_FLOAT_SAMPLES
|
||||
|
||||
/// If following flag is defined, always uses multichannel processing
|
||||
/// routines also for mono and stero sound. This is for routine testing
|
||||
/// purposes; output should be same with either routines, yet disabling
|
||||
/// the dedicated mono/stereo processing routines will result in slower
|
||||
/// runtime performance so recommendation is to keep this off.
|
||||
// #define USE_MULTICH_ALWAYS
|
||||
|
||||
#if (defined(__SOFTFP__))
|
||||
// For Android compilation: Force use of Integer samples in case that
|
||||
// compilation uses soft-floating point emulation - soft-fp is way too slow
|
||||
#undef SOUNDTOUCH_FLOAT_SAMPLES
|
||||
#define SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !(SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES || SOUNDTOUCH_FLOAT_SAMPLES)
|
||||
|
||||
/// Choose either 32bit floating point or 16bit integer sampletype
|
||||
/// by choosing one of the following defines, unless this selection
|
||||
/// has already been done in some other file.
|
||||
////
|
||||
/// Notes:
|
||||
/// - In Windows environment, choose the sample format with the
|
||||
/// following defines.
|
||||
/// - In GNU environment, the floating point samples are used by
|
||||
/// default, but integer samples can be chosen by giving the
|
||||
/// following switch to the configure script:
|
||||
/// ./configure --enable-integer-samples
|
||||
/// However, if you still prefer to select the sample format here
|
||||
/// also in GNU environment, then please #undef the INTEGER_SAMPLE
|
||||
/// and FLOAT_SAMPLE defines first as in comments above.
|
||||
//#define SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES 1 //< 16bit integer samples
|
||||
#define SOUNDTOUCH_FLOAT_SAMPLES 1 //< 32bit float samples
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if (_M_IX86 || __i386__ || __x86_64__ || _M_X64)
|
||||
/// Define this to allow X86-specific assembler/intrinsic optimizations.
|
||||
/// Notice that library contains also usual C++ versions of each of these
|
||||
/// these routines, so if you're having difficulties getting the optimized
|
||||
/// routines compiled for whatever reason, you may disable these optimizations
|
||||
/// to make the library compile.
|
||||
|
||||
#define SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_X86_OPTIMIZATIONS 1
|
||||
|
||||
/// In GNU environment, allow the user to override this setting by
|
||||
/// giving the following switch to the configure script:
|
||||
/// ./configure --disable-x86-optimizations
|
||||
/// ./configure --enable-x86-optimizations=no
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_DISABLE_X86_OPTIMIZATIONS
|
||||
#undef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_X86_OPTIMIZATIONS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/// Always disable optimizations when not using a x86 systems.
|
||||
#undef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_X86_OPTIMIZATIONS
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// If defined, allows the SIMD-optimized routines to take minor shortcuts
|
||||
// for improved performance. Undefine to require faithfully similar SIMD
|
||||
// calculations as in normal C implementation.
|
||||
#define SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_NONEXACT_SIMD_OPTIMIZATION 1
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
|
||||
// 16bit integer sample type
|
||||
typedef short SAMPLETYPE;
|
||||
// data type for sample accumulation: Use 32bit integer to prevent overflows
|
||||
typedef long LONG_SAMPLETYPE;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_FLOAT_SAMPLES
|
||||
// check that only one sample type is defined
|
||||
#error "conflicting sample types defined"
|
||||
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_FLOAT_SAMPLES
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_X86_OPTIMIZATIONS
|
||||
// Allow MMX optimizations
|
||||
#define SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_MMX 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
// floating point samples
|
||||
typedef float SAMPLETYPE;
|
||||
// data type for sample accumulation: Use double to utilize full precision.
|
||||
typedef double LONG_SAMPLETYPE;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_X86_OPTIMIZATIONS
|
||||
// Allow SSE optimizations
|
||||
#define SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_SSE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_INTEGER_SAMPLES
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// define ST_NO_EXCEPTION_HANDLING switch to disable throwing std exceptions:
|
||||
// #define ST_NO_EXCEPTION_HANDLING 1
|
||||
#ifdef ST_NO_EXCEPTION_HANDLING
|
||||
// Exceptions disabled. Throw asserts instead if enabled.
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
#define ST_THROW_RT_ERROR(x) {assert((const char *)x);}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
// use c++ standard exceptions
|
||||
#include <stdexcept>
|
||||
#define ST_THROW_RT_ERROR(x) {throw std::runtime_error(x);}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// When this #define is active, eliminates a clicking sound when the "rate" or "pitch"
|
||||
// parameter setting crosses from value <1 to >=1 or vice versa during processing.
|
||||
// Default is off as such crossover is untypical case and involves a slight sound
|
||||
// quality compromise.
|
||||
//#define SOUNDTOUCH_PREVENT_CLICK_AT_RATE_CROSSOVER 1
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
1003
Externals/soundtouch/SoundTouch.cpp
vendored
1003
Externals/soundtouch/SoundTouch.cpp
vendored
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
554
Externals/soundtouch/SoundTouch.h
vendored
554
Externals/soundtouch/SoundTouch.h
vendored
@ -1,277 +1,277 @@
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// SoundTouch - main class for tempo/pitch/rate adjusting routines.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Notes:
|
||||
/// - Initialize the SoundTouch object instance by setting up the sound stream
|
||||
/// parameters with functions 'setSampleRate' and 'setChannels', then set
|
||||
/// desired tempo/pitch/rate settings with the corresponding functions.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// - The SoundTouch class behaves like a first-in-first-out pipeline: The
|
||||
/// samples that are to be processed are fed into one of the pipe by calling
|
||||
/// function 'putSamples', while the ready processed samples can be read
|
||||
/// from the other end of the pipeline with function 'receiveSamples'.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// - The SoundTouch processing classes require certain sized 'batches' of
|
||||
/// samples in order to process the sound. For this reason the classes buffer
|
||||
/// incoming samples until there are enough of samples available for
|
||||
/// processing, then they carry out the processing step and consequently
|
||||
/// make the processed samples available for outputting.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// - For the above reason, the processing routines introduce a certain
|
||||
/// 'latency' between the input and output, so that the samples input to
|
||||
/// SoundTouch may not be immediately available in the output, and neither
|
||||
/// the amount of outputtable samples may not immediately be in direct
|
||||
/// relationship with the amount of previously input samples.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// - The tempo/pitch/rate control parameters can be altered during processing.
|
||||
/// Please notice though that they aren't currently protected by semaphores,
|
||||
/// so in multi-thread application external semaphore protection may be
|
||||
/// required.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// - This class utilizes classes 'TDStretch' for tempo change (without modifying
|
||||
/// pitch) and 'RateTransposer' for changing the playback rate (that is, both
|
||||
/// tempo and pitch in the same ratio) of the sound. The third available control
|
||||
/// 'pitch' (change pitch but maintain tempo) is produced by a combination of
|
||||
/// combining the two other controls.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-12-28 21:32:59 +0200 (Fri, 28 Dec 2012) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: SoundTouch.h 163 2012-12-28 19:32:59Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SoundTouch_H
|
||||
#define SoundTouch_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "FIFOSamplePipe.h"
|
||||
#include "STTypes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace soundtouch
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/// Soundtouch library version string
|
||||
#define SOUNDTOUCH_VERSION "1.7.1"
|
||||
|
||||
/// SoundTouch library version id
|
||||
#define SOUNDTOUCH_VERSION_ID (10701)
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Available setting IDs for the 'setSetting' & 'get_setting' functions:
|
||||
|
||||
/// Enable/disable anti-alias filter in pitch transposer (0 = disable)
|
||||
#define SETTING_USE_AA_FILTER 0
|
||||
|
||||
/// Pitch transposer anti-alias filter length (8 .. 128 taps, default = 32)
|
||||
#define SETTING_AA_FILTER_LENGTH 1
|
||||
|
||||
/// Enable/disable quick seeking algorithm in tempo changer routine
|
||||
/// (enabling quick seeking lowers CPU utilization but causes a minor sound
|
||||
/// quality compromising)
|
||||
#define SETTING_USE_QUICKSEEK 2
|
||||
|
||||
/// Time-stretch algorithm single processing sequence length in milliseconds. This determines
|
||||
/// to how long sequences the original sound is chopped in the time-stretch algorithm.
|
||||
/// See "STTypes.h" or README for more information.
|
||||
#define SETTING_SEQUENCE_MS 3
|
||||
|
||||
/// Time-stretch algorithm seeking window length in milliseconds for algorithm that finds the
|
||||
/// best possible overlapping location. This determines from how wide window the algorithm
|
||||
/// may look for an optimal joining location when mixing the sound sequences back together.
|
||||
/// See "STTypes.h" or README for more information.
|
||||
#define SETTING_SEEKWINDOW_MS 4
|
||||
|
||||
/// Time-stretch algorithm overlap length in milliseconds. When the chopped sound sequences
|
||||
/// are mixed back together, to form a continuous sound stream, this parameter defines over
|
||||
/// how long period the two consecutive sequences are let to overlap each other.
|
||||
/// See "STTypes.h" or README for more information.
|
||||
#define SETTING_OVERLAP_MS 5
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Call "getSetting" with this ID to query nominal average processing sequence
|
||||
/// size in samples. This value tells approcimate value how many input samples
|
||||
/// SoundTouch needs to gather before it does DSP processing run for the sample batch.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Notices:
|
||||
/// - This is read-only parameter, i.e. setSetting ignores this parameter
|
||||
/// - Returned value is approximate average value, exact processing batch
|
||||
/// size may wary from time to time
|
||||
/// - This parameter value is not constant but may change depending on
|
||||
/// tempo/pitch/rate/samplerate settings.
|
||||
#define SETTING_NOMINAL_INPUT_SEQUENCE 6
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Call "getSetting" with this ID to query nominal average processing output
|
||||
/// size in samples. This value tells approcimate value how many output samples
|
||||
/// SoundTouch outputs once it does DSP processing run for a batch of input samples.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Notices:
|
||||
/// - This is read-only parameter, i.e. setSetting ignores this parameter
|
||||
/// - Returned value is approximate average value, exact processing batch
|
||||
/// size may wary from time to time
|
||||
/// - This parameter value is not constant but may change depending on
|
||||
/// tempo/pitch/rate/samplerate settings.
|
||||
#define SETTING_NOMINAL_OUTPUT_SEQUENCE 7
|
||||
|
||||
class SoundTouch : public FIFOProcessor
|
||||
{
|
||||
private:
|
||||
/// Rate transposer class instance
|
||||
class RateTransposer *pRateTransposer;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Time-stretch class instance
|
||||
class TDStretch *pTDStretch;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Virtual pitch parameter. Effective rate & tempo are calculated from these parameters.
|
||||
float virtualRate;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Virtual pitch parameter. Effective rate & tempo are calculated from these parameters.
|
||||
float virtualTempo;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Virtual pitch parameter. Effective rate & tempo are calculated from these parameters.
|
||||
float virtualPitch;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Flag: Has sample rate been set?
|
||||
BOOL bSrateSet;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Calculates effective rate & tempo valuescfrom 'virtualRate', 'virtualTempo' and
|
||||
/// 'virtualPitch' parameters.
|
||||
void calcEffectiveRateAndTempo();
|
||||
|
||||
protected :
|
||||
/// Number of channels
|
||||
uint channels;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Effective 'rate' value calculated from 'virtualRate', 'virtualTempo' and 'virtualPitch'
|
||||
float rate;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Effective 'tempo' value calculated from 'virtualRate', 'virtualTempo' and 'virtualPitch'
|
||||
float tempo;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
SoundTouch();
|
||||
virtual ~SoundTouch();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get SoundTouch library version string
|
||||
static const char *getVersionString();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get SoundTouch library version Id
|
||||
static uint getVersionId();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets new rate control value. Normal rate = 1.0, smaller values
|
||||
/// represent slower rate, larger faster rates.
|
||||
void setRate(float newRate);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets new tempo control value. Normal tempo = 1.0, smaller values
|
||||
/// represent slower tempo, larger faster tempo.
|
||||
void setTempo(float newTempo);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets new rate control value as a difference in percents compared
|
||||
/// to the original rate (-50 .. +100 %)
|
||||
void setRateChange(float newRate);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets new tempo control value as a difference in percents compared
|
||||
/// to the original tempo (-50 .. +100 %)
|
||||
void setTempoChange(float newTempo);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets new pitch control value. Original pitch = 1.0, smaller values
|
||||
/// represent lower pitches, larger values higher pitch.
|
||||
void setPitch(float newPitch);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets pitch change in octaves compared to the original pitch
|
||||
/// (-1.00 .. +1.00)
|
||||
void setPitchOctaves(float newPitch);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets pitch change in semi-tones compared to the original pitch
|
||||
/// (-12 .. +12)
|
||||
void setPitchSemiTones(int newPitch);
|
||||
void setPitchSemiTones(float newPitch);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets the number of channels, 1 = mono, 2 = stereo
|
||||
void setChannels(uint numChannels);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets sample rate.
|
||||
void setSampleRate(uint srate);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Flushes the last samples from the processing pipeline to the output.
|
||||
/// Clears also the internal processing buffers.
|
||||
//
|
||||
/// Note: This function is meant for extracting the last samples of a sound
|
||||
/// stream. This function may introduce additional blank samples in the end
|
||||
/// of the sound stream, and thus it's not recommended to call this function
|
||||
/// in the middle of a sound stream.
|
||||
void flush();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Adds 'numSamples' pcs of samples from the 'samples' memory position into
|
||||
/// the input of the object. Notice that sample rate _has_to_ be set before
|
||||
/// calling this function, otherwise throws a runtime_error exception.
|
||||
virtual void putSamples(
|
||||
const SAMPLETYPE *samples, ///< Pointer to sample buffer.
|
||||
uint numSamples ///< Number of samples in buffer. Notice
|
||||
///< that in case of stereo-sound a single sample
|
||||
///< contains data for both channels.
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Clears all the samples in the object's output and internal processing
|
||||
/// buffers.
|
||||
virtual void clear();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Changes a setting controlling the processing system behaviour. See the
|
||||
/// 'SETTING_...' defines for available setting ID's.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// \return 'TRUE' if the setting was succesfully changed
|
||||
BOOL setSetting(int settingId, ///< Setting ID number. see SETTING_... defines.
|
||||
int value ///< New setting value.
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Reads a setting controlling the processing system behaviour. See the
|
||||
/// 'SETTING_...' defines for available setting ID's.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// \return the setting value.
|
||||
int getSetting(int settingId ///< Setting ID number, see SETTING_... defines.
|
||||
) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns number of samples currently unprocessed.
|
||||
virtual uint numUnprocessedSamples() const;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Other handy functions that are implemented in the ancestor classes (see
|
||||
/// classes 'FIFOProcessor' and 'FIFOSamplePipe')
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// - receiveSamples() : Use this function to receive 'ready' processed samples from SoundTouch.
|
||||
/// - numSamples() : Get number of 'ready' samples that can be received with
|
||||
/// function 'receiveSamples()'
|
||||
/// - isEmpty() : Returns nonzero if there aren't any 'ready' samples.
|
||||
/// - clear() : Clears all samples from ready/processing buffers.
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// SoundTouch - main class for tempo/pitch/rate adjusting routines.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Notes:
|
||||
/// - Initialize the SoundTouch object instance by setting up the sound stream
|
||||
/// parameters with functions 'setSampleRate' and 'setChannels', then set
|
||||
/// desired tempo/pitch/rate settings with the corresponding functions.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// - The SoundTouch class behaves like a first-in-first-out pipeline: The
|
||||
/// samples that are to be processed are fed into one of the pipe by calling
|
||||
/// function 'putSamples', while the ready processed samples can be read
|
||||
/// from the other end of the pipeline with function 'receiveSamples'.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// - The SoundTouch processing classes require certain sized 'batches' of
|
||||
/// samples in order to process the sound. For this reason the classes buffer
|
||||
/// incoming samples until there are enough of samples available for
|
||||
/// processing, then they carry out the processing step and consequently
|
||||
/// make the processed samples available for outputting.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// - For the above reason, the processing routines introduce a certain
|
||||
/// 'latency' between the input and output, so that the samples input to
|
||||
/// SoundTouch may not be immediately available in the output, and neither
|
||||
/// the amount of outputtable samples may not immediately be in direct
|
||||
/// relationship with the amount of previously input samples.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// - The tempo/pitch/rate control parameters can be altered during processing.
|
||||
/// Please notice though that they aren't currently protected by semaphores,
|
||||
/// so in multi-thread application external semaphore protection may be
|
||||
/// required.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// - This class utilizes classes 'TDStretch' for tempo change (without modifying
|
||||
/// pitch) and 'RateTransposer' for changing the playback rate (that is, both
|
||||
/// tempo and pitch in the same ratio) of the sound. The third available control
|
||||
/// 'pitch' (change pitch but maintain tempo) is produced by a combination of
|
||||
/// combining the two other controls.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2013-06-12 15:24:44 +0000 (Wed, 12 Jun 2013) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: SoundTouch.h 171 2013-06-12 15:24:44Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SoundTouch_H
|
||||
#define SoundTouch_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "FIFOSamplePipe.h"
|
||||
#include "STTypes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace soundtouch
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/// Soundtouch library version string
|
||||
#define SOUNDTOUCH_VERSION "1.7.2 (dev)"
|
||||
|
||||
/// SoundTouch library version id
|
||||
#define SOUNDTOUCH_VERSION_ID (10702)
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Available setting IDs for the 'setSetting' & 'get_setting' functions:
|
||||
|
||||
/// Enable/disable anti-alias filter in pitch transposer (0 = disable)
|
||||
#define SETTING_USE_AA_FILTER 0
|
||||
|
||||
/// Pitch transposer anti-alias filter length (8 .. 128 taps, default = 32)
|
||||
#define SETTING_AA_FILTER_LENGTH 1
|
||||
|
||||
/// Enable/disable quick seeking algorithm in tempo changer routine
|
||||
/// (enabling quick seeking lowers CPU utilization but causes a minor sound
|
||||
/// quality compromising)
|
||||
#define SETTING_USE_QUICKSEEK 2
|
||||
|
||||
/// Time-stretch algorithm single processing sequence length in milliseconds. This determines
|
||||
/// to how long sequences the original sound is chopped in the time-stretch algorithm.
|
||||
/// See "STTypes.h" or README for more information.
|
||||
#define SETTING_SEQUENCE_MS 3
|
||||
|
||||
/// Time-stretch algorithm seeking window length in milliseconds for algorithm that finds the
|
||||
/// best possible overlapping location. This determines from how wide window the algorithm
|
||||
/// may look for an optimal joining location when mixing the sound sequences back together.
|
||||
/// See "STTypes.h" or README for more information.
|
||||
#define SETTING_SEEKWINDOW_MS 4
|
||||
|
||||
/// Time-stretch algorithm overlap length in milliseconds. When the chopped sound sequences
|
||||
/// are mixed back together, to form a continuous sound stream, this parameter defines over
|
||||
/// how long period the two consecutive sequences are let to overlap each other.
|
||||
/// See "STTypes.h" or README for more information.
|
||||
#define SETTING_OVERLAP_MS 5
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Call "getSetting" with this ID to query nominal average processing sequence
|
||||
/// size in samples. This value tells approcimate value how many input samples
|
||||
/// SoundTouch needs to gather before it does DSP processing run for the sample batch.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Notices:
|
||||
/// - This is read-only parameter, i.e. setSetting ignores this parameter
|
||||
/// - Returned value is approximate average value, exact processing batch
|
||||
/// size may wary from time to time
|
||||
/// - This parameter value is not constant but may change depending on
|
||||
/// tempo/pitch/rate/samplerate settings.
|
||||
#define SETTING_NOMINAL_INPUT_SEQUENCE 6
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Call "getSetting" with this ID to query nominal average processing output
|
||||
/// size in samples. This value tells approcimate value how many output samples
|
||||
/// SoundTouch outputs once it does DSP processing run for a batch of input samples.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Notices:
|
||||
/// - This is read-only parameter, i.e. setSetting ignores this parameter
|
||||
/// - Returned value is approximate average value, exact processing batch
|
||||
/// size may wary from time to time
|
||||
/// - This parameter value is not constant but may change depending on
|
||||
/// tempo/pitch/rate/samplerate settings.
|
||||
#define SETTING_NOMINAL_OUTPUT_SEQUENCE 7
|
||||
|
||||
class SoundTouch : public FIFOProcessor
|
||||
{
|
||||
private:
|
||||
/// Rate transposer class instance
|
||||
class RateTransposer *pRateTransposer;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Time-stretch class instance
|
||||
class TDStretch *pTDStretch;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Virtual pitch parameter. Effective rate & tempo are calculated from these parameters.
|
||||
float virtualRate;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Virtual pitch parameter. Effective rate & tempo are calculated from these parameters.
|
||||
float virtualTempo;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Virtual pitch parameter. Effective rate & tempo are calculated from these parameters.
|
||||
float virtualPitch;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Flag: Has sample rate been set?
|
||||
BOOL bSrateSet;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Calculates effective rate & tempo valuescfrom 'virtualRate', 'virtualTempo' and
|
||||
/// 'virtualPitch' parameters.
|
||||
void calcEffectiveRateAndTempo();
|
||||
|
||||
protected :
|
||||
/// Number of channels
|
||||
uint channels;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Effective 'rate' value calculated from 'virtualRate', 'virtualTempo' and 'virtualPitch'
|
||||
float rate;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Effective 'tempo' value calculated from 'virtualRate', 'virtualTempo' and 'virtualPitch'
|
||||
float tempo;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
SoundTouch();
|
||||
virtual ~SoundTouch();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get SoundTouch library version string
|
||||
static const char *getVersionString();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get SoundTouch library version Id
|
||||
static uint getVersionId();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets new rate control value. Normal rate = 1.0, smaller values
|
||||
/// represent slower rate, larger faster rates.
|
||||
void setRate(float newRate);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets new tempo control value. Normal tempo = 1.0, smaller values
|
||||
/// represent slower tempo, larger faster tempo.
|
||||
void setTempo(float newTempo);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets new rate control value as a difference in percents compared
|
||||
/// to the original rate (-50 .. +100 %)
|
||||
void setRateChange(float newRate);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets new tempo control value as a difference in percents compared
|
||||
/// to the original tempo (-50 .. +100 %)
|
||||
void setTempoChange(float newTempo);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets new pitch control value. Original pitch = 1.0, smaller values
|
||||
/// represent lower pitches, larger values higher pitch.
|
||||
void setPitch(float newPitch);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets pitch change in octaves compared to the original pitch
|
||||
/// (-1.00 .. +1.00)
|
||||
void setPitchOctaves(float newPitch);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets pitch change in semi-tones compared to the original pitch
|
||||
/// (-12 .. +12)
|
||||
void setPitchSemiTones(int newPitch);
|
||||
void setPitchSemiTones(float newPitch);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets the number of channels, 1 = mono, 2 = stereo
|
||||
void setChannels(uint numChannels);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets sample rate.
|
||||
void setSampleRate(uint srate);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Flushes the last samples from the processing pipeline to the output.
|
||||
/// Clears also the internal processing buffers.
|
||||
//
|
||||
/// Note: This function is meant for extracting the last samples of a sound
|
||||
/// stream. This function may introduce additional blank samples in the end
|
||||
/// of the sound stream, and thus it's not recommended to call this function
|
||||
/// in the middle of a sound stream.
|
||||
void flush();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Adds 'numSamples' pcs of samples from the 'samples' memory position into
|
||||
/// the input of the object. Notice that sample rate _has_to_ be set before
|
||||
/// calling this function, otherwise throws a runtime_error exception.
|
||||
virtual void putSamples(
|
||||
const SAMPLETYPE *samples, ///< Pointer to sample buffer.
|
||||
uint numSamples ///< Number of samples in buffer. Notice
|
||||
///< that in case of stereo-sound a single sample
|
||||
///< contains data for both channels.
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Clears all the samples in the object's output and internal processing
|
||||
/// buffers.
|
||||
virtual void clear();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Changes a setting controlling the processing system behaviour. See the
|
||||
/// 'SETTING_...' defines for available setting ID's.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// \return 'TRUE' if the setting was succesfully changed
|
||||
BOOL setSetting(int settingId, ///< Setting ID number. see SETTING_... defines.
|
||||
int value ///< New setting value.
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Reads a setting controlling the processing system behaviour. See the
|
||||
/// 'SETTING_...' defines for available setting ID's.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// \return the setting value.
|
||||
int getSetting(int settingId ///< Setting ID number, see SETTING_... defines.
|
||||
) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns number of samples currently unprocessed.
|
||||
virtual uint numUnprocessedSamples() const;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Other handy functions that are implemented in the ancestor classes (see
|
||||
/// classes 'FIFOProcessor' and 'FIFOSamplePipe')
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// - receiveSamples() : Use this function to receive 'ready' processed samples from SoundTouch.
|
||||
/// - numSamples() : Get number of 'ready' samples that can be received with
|
||||
/// function 'receiveSamples()'
|
||||
/// - isEmpty() : Returns nonzero if there aren't any 'ready' samples.
|
||||
/// - clear() : Clears all samples from ready/processing buffers.
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
1674
Externals/soundtouch/TDStretch.cpp
vendored
1674
Externals/soundtouch/TDStretch.cpp
vendored
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
537
Externals/soundtouch/TDStretch.h
vendored
537
Externals/soundtouch/TDStretch.h
vendored
@ -1,268 +1,269 @@
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Sampled sound tempo changer/time stretch algorithm. Changes the sound tempo
|
||||
/// while maintaining the original pitch by using a time domain WSOLA-like method
|
||||
/// with several performance-increasing tweaks.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Note : MMX/SSE optimized functions reside in separate, platform-specific files
|
||||
/// 'mmx_optimized.cpp' and 'sse_optimized.cpp'
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-04-01 22:49:30 +0300 (Sun, 01 Apr 2012) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: TDStretch.h 137 2012-04-01 19:49:30Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TDStretch_H
|
||||
#define TDStretch_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include "STTypes.h"
|
||||
#include "RateTransposer.h"
|
||||
#include "FIFOSamplePipe.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace soundtouch
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/// Default values for sound processing parameters:
|
||||
/// Notice that the default parameters are tuned for contemporary popular music
|
||||
/// processing. For speech processing applications these parameters suit better:
|
||||
/// #define DEFAULT_SEQUENCE_MS 40
|
||||
/// #define DEFAULT_SEEKWINDOW_MS 15
|
||||
/// #define DEFAULT_OVERLAP_MS 8
|
||||
///
|
||||
|
||||
/// Default length of a single processing sequence, in milliseconds. This determines to how
|
||||
/// long sequences the original sound is chopped in the time-stretch algorithm.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The larger this value is, the lesser sequences are used in processing. In principle
|
||||
/// a bigger value sounds better when slowing down tempo, but worse when increasing tempo
|
||||
/// and vice versa.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Increasing this value reduces computational burden & vice versa.
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_SEQUENCE_MS 40
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_SEQUENCE_MS USE_AUTO_SEQUENCE_LEN
|
||||
|
||||
/// Giving this value for the sequence length sets automatic parameter value
|
||||
/// according to tempo setting (recommended)
|
||||
#define USE_AUTO_SEQUENCE_LEN 0
|
||||
|
||||
/// Seeking window default length in milliseconds for algorithm that finds the best possible
|
||||
/// overlapping location. This determines from how wide window the algorithm may look for an
|
||||
/// optimal joining location when mixing the sound sequences back together.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The bigger this window setting is, the higher the possibility to find a better mixing
|
||||
/// position will become, but at the same time large values may cause a "drifting" artifact
|
||||
/// because consequent sequences will be taken at more uneven intervals.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If there's a disturbing artifact that sounds as if a constant frequency was drifting
|
||||
/// around, try reducing this setting.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Increasing this value increases computational burden & vice versa.
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_SEEKWINDOW_MS 15
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_SEEKWINDOW_MS USE_AUTO_SEEKWINDOW_LEN
|
||||
|
||||
/// Giving this value for the seek window length sets automatic parameter value
|
||||
/// according to tempo setting (recommended)
|
||||
#define USE_AUTO_SEEKWINDOW_LEN 0
|
||||
|
||||
/// Overlap length in milliseconds. When the chopped sound sequences are mixed back together,
|
||||
/// to form a continuous sound stream, this parameter defines over how long period the two
|
||||
/// consecutive sequences are let to overlap each other.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This shouldn't be that critical parameter. If you reduce the DEFAULT_SEQUENCE_MS setting
|
||||
/// by a large amount, you might wish to try a smaller value on this.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Increasing this value increases computational burden & vice versa.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_OVERLAP_MS 8
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Class that does the time-stretch (tempo change) effect for the processed
|
||||
/// sound.
|
||||
class TDStretch : public FIFOProcessor
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
int channels;
|
||||
int sampleReq;
|
||||
float tempo;
|
||||
|
||||
SAMPLETYPE *pMidBuffer;
|
||||
SAMPLETYPE *pMidBufferUnaligned;
|
||||
int overlapLength;
|
||||
int seekLength;
|
||||
int seekWindowLength;
|
||||
int overlapDividerBits;
|
||||
int slopingDivider;
|
||||
float nominalSkip;
|
||||
float skipFract;
|
||||
FIFOSampleBuffer outputBuffer;
|
||||
FIFOSampleBuffer inputBuffer;
|
||||
BOOL bQuickSeek;
|
||||
|
||||
int sampleRate;
|
||||
int sequenceMs;
|
||||
int seekWindowMs;
|
||||
int overlapMs;
|
||||
BOOL bAutoSeqSetting;
|
||||
BOOL bAutoSeekSetting;
|
||||
|
||||
void acceptNewOverlapLength(int newOverlapLength);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void clearCrossCorrState();
|
||||
void calculateOverlapLength(int overlapMs);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual double calcCrossCorr(const SAMPLETYPE *mixingPos, const SAMPLETYPE *compare) const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int seekBestOverlapPositionFull(const SAMPLETYPE *refPos);
|
||||
virtual int seekBestOverlapPositionQuick(const SAMPLETYPE *refPos);
|
||||
int seekBestOverlapPosition(const SAMPLETYPE *refPos);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void overlapStereo(SAMPLETYPE *output, const SAMPLETYPE *input) const;
|
||||
virtual void overlapMono(SAMPLETYPE *output, const SAMPLETYPE *input) const;
|
||||
|
||||
void clearMidBuffer();
|
||||
void overlap(SAMPLETYPE *output, const SAMPLETYPE *input, uint ovlPos) const;
|
||||
|
||||
void calcSeqParameters();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Changes the tempo of the given sound samples.
|
||||
/// Returns amount of samples returned in the "output" buffer.
|
||||
/// The maximum amount of samples that can be returned at a time is set by
|
||||
/// the 'set_returnBuffer_size' function.
|
||||
void processSamples();
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
TDStretch();
|
||||
virtual ~TDStretch();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Operator 'new' is overloaded so that it automatically creates a suitable instance
|
||||
/// depending on if we've a MMX/SSE/etc-capable CPU available or not.
|
||||
static void *operator new(size_t s);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Use this function instead of "new" operator to create a new instance of this class.
|
||||
/// This function automatically chooses a correct feature set depending on if the CPU
|
||||
/// supports MMX/SSE/etc extensions.
|
||||
static TDStretch *newInstance();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns the output buffer object
|
||||
FIFOSamplePipe *getOutput() { return &outputBuffer; };
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns the input buffer object
|
||||
FIFOSamplePipe *getInput() { return &inputBuffer; };
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets new target tempo. Normal tempo = 'SCALE', smaller values represent slower
|
||||
/// tempo, larger faster tempo.
|
||||
void setTempo(float newTempo);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns nonzero if there aren't any samples available for outputting.
|
||||
virtual void clear();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Clears the input buffer
|
||||
void clearInput();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets the number of channels, 1 = mono, 2 = stereo
|
||||
void setChannels(int numChannels);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Enables/disables the quick position seeking algorithm. Zero to disable,
|
||||
/// nonzero to enable
|
||||
void enableQuickSeek(BOOL enable);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns nonzero if the quick seeking algorithm is enabled.
|
||||
BOOL isQuickSeekEnabled() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets routine control parameters. These control are certain time constants
|
||||
/// defining how the sound is stretched to the desired duration.
|
||||
//
|
||||
/// 'sampleRate' = sample rate of the sound
|
||||
/// 'sequenceMS' = one processing sequence length in milliseconds
|
||||
/// 'seekwindowMS' = seeking window length for scanning the best overlapping
|
||||
/// position
|
||||
/// 'overlapMS' = overlapping length
|
||||
void setParameters(int sampleRate, ///< Samplerate of sound being processed (Hz)
|
||||
int sequenceMS = -1, ///< Single processing sequence length (ms)
|
||||
int seekwindowMS = -1, ///< Offset seeking window length (ms)
|
||||
int overlapMS = -1 ///< Sequence overlapping length (ms)
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get routine control parameters, see setParameters() function.
|
||||
/// Any of the parameters to this function can be NULL, in such case corresponding parameter
|
||||
/// value isn't returned.
|
||||
void getParameters(int *pSampleRate, int *pSequenceMs, int *pSeekWindowMs, int *pOverlapMs) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Adds 'numsamples' pcs of samples from the 'samples' memory position into
|
||||
/// the input of the object.
|
||||
virtual void putSamples(
|
||||
const SAMPLETYPE *samples, ///< Input sample data
|
||||
uint numSamples ///< Number of samples in 'samples' so that one sample
|
||||
///< contains both channels if stereo
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/// return nominal input sample requirement for triggering a processing batch
|
||||
int getInputSampleReq() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (int)(nominalSkip + 0.5);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// return nominal output sample amount when running a processing batch
|
||||
int getOutputBatchSize() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return seekWindowLength - overlapLength;
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation-specific class declarations:
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_MMX
|
||||
/// Class that implements MMX optimized routines for 16bit integer samples type.
|
||||
class TDStretchMMX : public TDStretch
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
double calcCrossCorr(const short *mixingPos, const short *compare) const;
|
||||
virtual void overlapStereo(short *output, const short *input) const;
|
||||
virtual void clearCrossCorrState();
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif /// SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_MMX
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_SSE
|
||||
/// Class that implements SSE optimized routines for floating point samples type.
|
||||
class TDStretchSSE : public TDStretch
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
double calcCrossCorr(const float *mixingPos, const float *compare) const;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /// SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_SSE
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /// TDStretch_H
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Sampled sound tempo changer/time stretch algorithm. Changes the sound tempo
|
||||
/// while maintaining the original pitch by using a time domain WSOLA-like method
|
||||
/// with several performance-increasing tweaks.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Note : MMX/SSE optimized functions reside in separate, platform-specific files
|
||||
/// 'mmx_optimized.cpp' and 'sse_optimized.cpp'
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2013-06-12 15:24:44 +0000 (Wed, 12 Jun 2013) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: TDStretch.h 171 2013-06-12 15:24:44Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TDStretch_H
|
||||
#define TDStretch_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include "STTypes.h"
|
||||
#include "RateTransposer.h"
|
||||
#include "FIFOSamplePipe.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace soundtouch
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/// Default values for sound processing parameters:
|
||||
/// Notice that the default parameters are tuned for contemporary popular music
|
||||
/// processing. For speech processing applications these parameters suit better:
|
||||
/// #define DEFAULT_SEQUENCE_MS 40
|
||||
/// #define DEFAULT_SEEKWINDOW_MS 15
|
||||
/// #define DEFAULT_OVERLAP_MS 8
|
||||
///
|
||||
|
||||
/// Default length of a single processing sequence, in milliseconds. This determines to how
|
||||
/// long sequences the original sound is chopped in the time-stretch algorithm.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The larger this value is, the lesser sequences are used in processing. In principle
|
||||
/// a bigger value sounds better when slowing down tempo, but worse when increasing tempo
|
||||
/// and vice versa.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Increasing this value reduces computational burden & vice versa.
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_SEQUENCE_MS 40
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_SEQUENCE_MS USE_AUTO_SEQUENCE_LEN
|
||||
|
||||
/// Giving this value for the sequence length sets automatic parameter value
|
||||
/// according to tempo setting (recommended)
|
||||
#define USE_AUTO_SEQUENCE_LEN 0
|
||||
|
||||
/// Seeking window default length in milliseconds for algorithm that finds the best possible
|
||||
/// overlapping location. This determines from how wide window the algorithm may look for an
|
||||
/// optimal joining location when mixing the sound sequences back together.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The bigger this window setting is, the higher the possibility to find a better mixing
|
||||
/// position will become, but at the same time large values may cause a "drifting" artifact
|
||||
/// because consequent sequences will be taken at more uneven intervals.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If there's a disturbing artifact that sounds as if a constant frequency was drifting
|
||||
/// around, try reducing this setting.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Increasing this value increases computational burden & vice versa.
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_SEEKWINDOW_MS 15
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_SEEKWINDOW_MS USE_AUTO_SEEKWINDOW_LEN
|
||||
|
||||
/// Giving this value for the seek window length sets automatic parameter value
|
||||
/// according to tempo setting (recommended)
|
||||
#define USE_AUTO_SEEKWINDOW_LEN 0
|
||||
|
||||
/// Overlap length in milliseconds. When the chopped sound sequences are mixed back together,
|
||||
/// to form a continuous sound stream, this parameter defines over how long period the two
|
||||
/// consecutive sequences are let to overlap each other.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This shouldn't be that critical parameter. If you reduce the DEFAULT_SEQUENCE_MS setting
|
||||
/// by a large amount, you might wish to try a smaller value on this.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Increasing this value increases computational burden & vice versa.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_OVERLAP_MS 8
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Class that does the time-stretch (tempo change) effect for the processed
|
||||
/// sound.
|
||||
class TDStretch : public FIFOProcessor
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
int channels;
|
||||
int sampleReq;
|
||||
float tempo;
|
||||
|
||||
SAMPLETYPE *pMidBuffer;
|
||||
SAMPLETYPE *pMidBufferUnaligned;
|
||||
int overlapLength;
|
||||
int seekLength;
|
||||
int seekWindowLength;
|
||||
int overlapDividerBits;
|
||||
int slopingDivider;
|
||||
float nominalSkip;
|
||||
float skipFract;
|
||||
FIFOSampleBuffer outputBuffer;
|
||||
FIFOSampleBuffer inputBuffer;
|
||||
BOOL bQuickSeek;
|
||||
|
||||
int sampleRate;
|
||||
int sequenceMs;
|
||||
int seekWindowMs;
|
||||
int overlapMs;
|
||||
BOOL bAutoSeqSetting;
|
||||
BOOL bAutoSeekSetting;
|
||||
|
||||
void acceptNewOverlapLength(int newOverlapLength);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void clearCrossCorrState();
|
||||
void calculateOverlapLength(int overlapMs);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual double calcCrossCorr(const SAMPLETYPE *mixingPos, const SAMPLETYPE *compare) const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int seekBestOverlapPositionFull(const SAMPLETYPE *refPos);
|
||||
virtual int seekBestOverlapPositionQuick(const SAMPLETYPE *refPos);
|
||||
int seekBestOverlapPosition(const SAMPLETYPE *refPos);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void overlapStereo(SAMPLETYPE *output, const SAMPLETYPE *input) const;
|
||||
virtual void overlapMono(SAMPLETYPE *output, const SAMPLETYPE *input) const;
|
||||
virtual void overlapMulti(SAMPLETYPE *output, const SAMPLETYPE *input) const;
|
||||
|
||||
void clearMidBuffer();
|
||||
void overlap(SAMPLETYPE *output, const SAMPLETYPE *input, uint ovlPos) const;
|
||||
|
||||
void calcSeqParameters();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Changes the tempo of the given sound samples.
|
||||
/// Returns amount of samples returned in the "output" buffer.
|
||||
/// The maximum amount of samples that can be returned at a time is set by
|
||||
/// the 'set_returnBuffer_size' function.
|
||||
void processSamples();
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
TDStretch();
|
||||
virtual ~TDStretch();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Operator 'new' is overloaded so that it automatically creates a suitable instance
|
||||
/// depending on if we've a MMX/SSE/etc-capable CPU available or not.
|
||||
static void *operator new(size_t s);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Use this function instead of "new" operator to create a new instance of this class.
|
||||
/// This function automatically chooses a correct feature set depending on if the CPU
|
||||
/// supports MMX/SSE/etc extensions.
|
||||
static TDStretch *newInstance();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns the output buffer object
|
||||
FIFOSamplePipe *getOutput() { return &outputBuffer; };
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns the input buffer object
|
||||
FIFOSamplePipe *getInput() { return &inputBuffer; };
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets new target tempo. Normal tempo = 'SCALE', smaller values represent slower
|
||||
/// tempo, larger faster tempo.
|
||||
void setTempo(float newTempo);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns nonzero if there aren't any samples available for outputting.
|
||||
virtual void clear();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Clears the input buffer
|
||||
void clearInput();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets the number of channels, 1 = mono, 2 = stereo
|
||||
void setChannels(int numChannels);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Enables/disables the quick position seeking algorithm. Zero to disable,
|
||||
/// nonzero to enable
|
||||
void enableQuickSeek(BOOL enable);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns nonzero if the quick seeking algorithm is enabled.
|
||||
BOOL isQuickSeekEnabled() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets routine control parameters. These control are certain time constants
|
||||
/// defining how the sound is stretched to the desired duration.
|
||||
//
|
||||
/// 'sampleRate' = sample rate of the sound
|
||||
/// 'sequenceMS' = one processing sequence length in milliseconds
|
||||
/// 'seekwindowMS' = seeking window length for scanning the best overlapping
|
||||
/// position
|
||||
/// 'overlapMS' = overlapping length
|
||||
void setParameters(int sampleRate, ///< Samplerate of sound being processed (Hz)
|
||||
int sequenceMS = -1, ///< Single processing sequence length (ms)
|
||||
int seekwindowMS = -1, ///< Offset seeking window length (ms)
|
||||
int overlapMS = -1 ///< Sequence overlapping length (ms)
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get routine control parameters, see setParameters() function.
|
||||
/// Any of the parameters to this function can be NULL, in such case corresponding parameter
|
||||
/// value isn't returned.
|
||||
void getParameters(int *pSampleRate, int *pSequenceMs, int *pSeekWindowMs, int *pOverlapMs) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Adds 'numsamples' pcs of samples from the 'samples' memory position into
|
||||
/// the input of the object.
|
||||
virtual void putSamples(
|
||||
const SAMPLETYPE *samples, ///< Input sample data
|
||||
uint numSamples ///< Number of samples in 'samples' so that one sample
|
||||
///< contains both channels if stereo
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/// return nominal input sample requirement for triggering a processing batch
|
||||
int getInputSampleReq() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (int)(nominalSkip + 0.5);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// return nominal output sample amount when running a processing batch
|
||||
int getOutputBatchSize() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return seekWindowLength - overlapLength;
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation-specific class declarations:
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_MMX
|
||||
/// Class that implements MMX optimized routines for 16bit integer samples type.
|
||||
class TDStretchMMX : public TDStretch
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
double calcCrossCorr(const short *mixingPos, const short *compare) const;
|
||||
virtual void overlapStereo(short *output, const short *input) const;
|
||||
virtual void clearCrossCorrState();
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif /// SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_MMX
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_SSE
|
||||
/// Class that implements SSE optimized routines for floating point samples type.
|
||||
class TDStretchSSE : public TDStretch
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
double calcCrossCorr(const float *mixingPos, const float *compare) const;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /// SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_SSE
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /// TDStretch_H
|
||||
|
124
Externals/soundtouch/cpu_detect.h
vendored
124
Externals/soundtouch/cpu_detect.h
vendored
@ -1,62 +1,62 @@
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// A header file for detecting the Intel MMX instructions set extension.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Please see 'mmx_win.cpp', 'mmx_cpp.cpp' and 'mmx_non_x86.cpp' for the
|
||||
/// routine implementations for x86 Windows, x86 gnu version and non-x86
|
||||
/// platforms, respectively.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2008-02-10 18:26:55 +0200 (Sun, 10 Feb 2008) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: cpu_detect.h 11 2008-02-10 16:26:55Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _CPU_DETECT_H_
|
||||
#define _CPU_DETECT_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "STTypes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define SUPPORT_MMX 0x0001
|
||||
#define SUPPORT_3DNOW 0x0002
|
||||
#define SUPPORT_ALTIVEC 0x0004
|
||||
#define SUPPORT_SSE 0x0008
|
||||
#define SUPPORT_SSE2 0x0010
|
||||
|
||||
/// Checks which instruction set extensions are supported by the CPU.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// \return A bitmask of supported extensions, see SUPPORT_... defines.
|
||||
uint detectCPUextensions(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Disables given set of instruction extensions. See SUPPORT_... defines.
|
||||
void disableExtensions(uint wDisableMask);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _CPU_DETECT_H_
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// A header file for detecting the Intel MMX instructions set extension.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Please see 'mmx_win.cpp', 'mmx_cpp.cpp' and 'mmx_non_x86.cpp' for the
|
||||
/// routine implementations for x86 Windows, x86 gnu version and non-x86
|
||||
/// platforms, respectively.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2008-02-10 16:26:55 +0000 (Sun, 10 Feb 2008) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: cpu_detect.h 11 2008-02-10 16:26:55Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _CPU_DETECT_H_
|
||||
#define _CPU_DETECT_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "STTypes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define SUPPORT_MMX 0x0001
|
||||
#define SUPPORT_3DNOW 0x0002
|
||||
#define SUPPORT_ALTIVEC 0x0004
|
||||
#define SUPPORT_SSE 0x0008
|
||||
#define SUPPORT_SSE2 0x0010
|
||||
|
||||
/// Checks which instruction set extensions are supported by the CPU.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// \return A bitmask of supported extensions, see SUPPORT_... defines.
|
||||
uint detectCPUextensions(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Disables given set of instruction extensions. See SUPPORT_... defines.
|
||||
void disableExtensions(uint wDisableMask);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _CPU_DETECT_H_
|
||||
|
274
Externals/soundtouch/cpu_detect_x86.cpp
vendored
274
Externals/soundtouch/cpu_detect_x86.cpp
vendored
@ -1,137 +1,137 @@
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Generic version of the x86 CPU extension detection routine.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This file is for GNU & other non-Windows compilers, see 'cpu_detect_x86_win.cpp'
|
||||
/// for the Microsoft compiler version.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-11-08 20:44:37 +0200 (Thu, 08 Nov 2012) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: cpu_detect_x86.cpp 159 2012-11-08 18:44:37Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include "cpu_detect.h"
|
||||
#include "STTypes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_X86_OPTIMIZATIONS)
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__i386__)
|
||||
// gcc
|
||||
#include "cpuid.h"
|
||||
#elif defined(_M_IX86)
|
||||
// windows non-gcc
|
||||
#include <intrin.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define bit_MMX (1 << 23)
|
||||
#define bit_SSE (1 << 25)
|
||||
#define bit_SSE2 (1 << 26)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// processor instructions extension detection routines
|
||||
//
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
// Flag variable indicating whick ISA extensions are disabled (for debugging)
|
||||
static uint _dwDisabledISA = 0x00; // 0xffffffff; //<- use this to disable all extensions
|
||||
|
||||
// Disables given set of instruction extensions. See SUPPORT_... defines.
|
||||
void disableExtensions(uint dwDisableMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_dwDisabledISA = dwDisableMask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Checks which instruction set extensions are supported by the CPU.
|
||||
uint detectCPUextensions(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// If building for a 64bit system (no Itanium) and the user wants optimizations.
|
||||
/// Return the OR of SUPPORT_{MMX,SSE,SSE2}. 11001 or 0x19.
|
||||
/// Keep the _dwDisabledISA test (2 more operations, could be eliminated).
|
||||
#if ((defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)) \
|
||||
|| defined(_M_X64)) \
|
||||
&& defined(SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_X86_OPTIMIZATIONS)
|
||||
return 0x19 & ~_dwDisabledISA;
|
||||
|
||||
/// If building for a 32bit system and the user wants optimizations.
|
||||
/// Keep the _dwDisabledISA test (2 more operations, could be eliminated).
|
||||
#elif ((defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__i386__)) \
|
||||
|| defined(_M_IX86)) \
|
||||
&& defined(SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_X86_OPTIMIZATIONS)
|
||||
|
||||
if (_dwDisabledISA == 0xffffffff) return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
uint res = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUC__)
|
||||
// GCC version of cpuid. Requires GCC 4.3.0 or later for __cpuid intrinsic support.
|
||||
uint eax, ebx, ecx, edx; // unsigned int is the standard type. uint is defined by the compiler and not guaranteed to be portable.
|
||||
|
||||
// Check if no cpuid support.
|
||||
if (!__get_cpuid (1, &eax, &ebx, &ecx, &edx)) return 0; // always disable extensions.
|
||||
|
||||
if (edx & bit_MMX) res = res | SUPPORT_MMX;
|
||||
if (edx & bit_SSE) res = res | SUPPORT_SSE;
|
||||
if (edx & bit_SSE2) res = res | SUPPORT_SSE2;
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
// Window / VS version of cpuid. Notice that Visual Studio 2005 or later required
|
||||
// for __cpuid intrinsic support.
|
||||
int reg[4] = {-1};
|
||||
|
||||
// Check if no cpuid support.
|
||||
__cpuid(reg,0);
|
||||
if ((unsigned int)reg[0] == 0) return 0; // always disable extensions.
|
||||
|
||||
__cpuid(reg,1);
|
||||
if ((unsigned int)reg[3] & bit_MMX) res = res | SUPPORT_MMX;
|
||||
if ((unsigned int)reg[3] & bit_SSE) res = res | SUPPORT_SSE;
|
||||
if ((unsigned int)reg[3] & bit_SSE2) res = res | SUPPORT_SSE2;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return res & ~_dwDisabledISA;
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/// One of these is true:
|
||||
/// 1) We don't want optimizations.
|
||||
/// 2) Using an unsupported compiler.
|
||||
/// 3) Running on a non-x86 platform.
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Generic version of the x86 CPU extension detection routine.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This file is for GNU & other non-Windows compilers, see 'cpu_detect_x86_win.cpp'
|
||||
/// for the Microsoft compiler version.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-11-08 18:44:37 +0000 (Thu, 08 Nov 2012) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: cpu_detect_x86.cpp 159 2012-11-08 18:44:37Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include "cpu_detect.h"
|
||||
#include "STTypes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_X86_OPTIMIZATIONS)
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__i386__)
|
||||
// gcc
|
||||
#include "cpuid.h"
|
||||
#elif defined(_M_IX86)
|
||||
// windows non-gcc
|
||||
#include <intrin.h>
|
||||
#define bit_MMX (1 << 23)
|
||||
#define bit_SSE (1 << 25)
|
||||
#define bit_SSE2 (1 << 26)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// processor instructions extension detection routines
|
||||
//
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
// Flag variable indicating whick ISA extensions are disabled (for debugging)
|
||||
static uint _dwDisabledISA = 0x00; // 0xffffffff; //<- use this to disable all extensions
|
||||
|
||||
// Disables given set of instruction extensions. See SUPPORT_... defines.
|
||||
void disableExtensions(uint dwDisableMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_dwDisabledISA = dwDisableMask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Checks which instruction set extensions are supported by the CPU.
|
||||
uint detectCPUextensions(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// If building for a 64bit system (no Itanium) and the user wants optimizations.
|
||||
/// Return the OR of SUPPORT_{MMX,SSE,SSE2}. 11001 or 0x19.
|
||||
/// Keep the _dwDisabledISA test (2 more operations, could be eliminated).
|
||||
#if ((defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)) \
|
||||
|| defined(_M_X64)) \
|
||||
&& defined(SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_X86_OPTIMIZATIONS)
|
||||
return 0x19 & ~_dwDisabledISA;
|
||||
|
||||
/// If building for a 32bit system and the user wants optimizations.
|
||||
/// Keep the _dwDisabledISA test (2 more operations, could be eliminated).
|
||||
#elif ((defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__i386__)) \
|
||||
|| defined(_M_IX86)) \
|
||||
&& defined(SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_X86_OPTIMIZATIONS)
|
||||
|
||||
if (_dwDisabledISA == 0xffffffff) return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
uint res = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUC__)
|
||||
// GCC version of cpuid. Requires GCC 4.3.0 or later for __cpuid intrinsic support.
|
||||
uint eax, ebx, ecx, edx; // unsigned int is the standard type. uint is defined by the compiler and not guaranteed to be portable.
|
||||
|
||||
// Check if no cpuid support.
|
||||
if (!__get_cpuid (1, &eax, &ebx, &ecx, &edx)) return 0; // always disable extensions.
|
||||
|
||||
if (edx & bit_MMX) res = res | SUPPORT_MMX;
|
||||
if (edx & bit_SSE) res = res | SUPPORT_SSE;
|
||||
if (edx & bit_SSE2) res = res | SUPPORT_SSE2;
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
// Window / VS version of cpuid. Notice that Visual Studio 2005 or later required
|
||||
// for __cpuid intrinsic support.
|
||||
int reg[4] = {-1};
|
||||
|
||||
// Check if no cpuid support.
|
||||
__cpuid(reg,0);
|
||||
if ((unsigned int)reg[0] == 0) return 0; // always disable extensions.
|
||||
|
||||
__cpuid(reg,1);
|
||||
if ((unsigned int)reg[3] & bit_MMX) res = res | SUPPORT_MMX;
|
||||
if ((unsigned int)reg[3] & bit_SSE) res = res | SUPPORT_SSE;
|
||||
if ((unsigned int)reg[3] & bit_SSE2) res = res | SUPPORT_SSE2;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return res & ~_dwDisabledISA;
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/// One of these is true:
|
||||
/// 1) We don't want optimizations.
|
||||
/// 2) Using an unsupported compiler.
|
||||
/// 3) Running on a non-x86 platform.
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
634
Externals/soundtouch/mmx_optimized.cpp
vendored
634
Externals/soundtouch/mmx_optimized.cpp
vendored
@ -1,317 +1,317 @@
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// MMX optimized routines. All MMX optimized functions have been gathered into
|
||||
/// this single source code file, regardless to their class or original source
|
||||
/// code file, in order to ease porting the library to other compiler and
|
||||
/// processor platforms.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The MMX-optimizations are programmed using MMX compiler intrinsics that
|
||||
/// are supported both by Microsoft Visual C++ and GCC compilers, so this file
|
||||
/// should compile with both toolsets.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// NOTICE: If using Visual Studio 6.0, you'll need to install the "Visual C++
|
||||
/// 6.0 processor pack" update to support compiler intrinsic syntax. The update
|
||||
/// is available for download at Microsoft Developers Network, see here:
|
||||
/// http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/vstudio/aa718349.aspx
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-11-08 20:53:01 +0200 (Thu, 08 Nov 2012) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: mmx_optimized.cpp 160 2012-11-08 18:53:01Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include "STTypes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_MMX
|
||||
// MMX routines available only with integer sample type
|
||||
|
||||
using namespace soundtouch;
|
||||
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// implementation of MMX optimized functions of class 'TDStretchMMX'
|
||||
//
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include "TDStretch.h"
|
||||
#include <mmintrin.h>
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
#include <math.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculates cross correlation of two buffers
|
||||
double TDStretchMMX::calcCrossCorr(const short *pV1, const short *pV2) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
const __m64 *pVec1, *pVec2;
|
||||
__m64 shifter;
|
||||
__m64 accu, normaccu;
|
||||
long corr, norm;
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
pVec1 = (__m64*)pV1;
|
||||
pVec2 = (__m64*)pV2;
|
||||
|
||||
shifter = _m_from_int(overlapDividerBits);
|
||||
normaccu = accu = _mm_setzero_si64();
|
||||
|
||||
// Process 4 parallel sets of 2 * stereo samples or 4 * mono samples
|
||||
// during each round for improved CPU-level parallellization.
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < channels * overlapLength / 16; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__m64 temp, temp2;
|
||||
|
||||
// dictionary of instructions:
|
||||
// _m_pmaddwd : 4*16bit multiply-add, resulting two 32bits = [a0*b0+a1*b1 ; a2*b2+a3*b3]
|
||||
// _mm_add_pi32 : 2*32bit add
|
||||
// _m_psrad : 32bit right-shift
|
||||
|
||||
temp = _mm_add_pi32(_mm_madd_pi16(pVec1[0], pVec2[0]),
|
||||
_mm_madd_pi16(pVec1[1], pVec2[1]));
|
||||
temp2 = _mm_add_pi32(_mm_madd_pi16(pVec1[0], pVec1[0]),
|
||||
_mm_madd_pi16(pVec1[1], pVec1[1]));
|
||||
accu = _mm_add_pi32(accu, _mm_sra_pi32(temp, shifter));
|
||||
normaccu = _mm_add_pi32(normaccu, _mm_sra_pi32(temp2, shifter));
|
||||
|
||||
temp = _mm_add_pi32(_mm_madd_pi16(pVec1[2], pVec2[2]),
|
||||
_mm_madd_pi16(pVec1[3], pVec2[3]));
|
||||
temp2 = _mm_add_pi32(_mm_madd_pi16(pVec1[2], pVec1[2]),
|
||||
_mm_madd_pi16(pVec1[3], pVec1[3]));
|
||||
accu = _mm_add_pi32(accu, _mm_sra_pi32(temp, shifter));
|
||||
normaccu = _mm_add_pi32(normaccu, _mm_sra_pi32(temp2, shifter));
|
||||
|
||||
pVec1 += 4;
|
||||
pVec2 += 4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// copy hi-dword of mm0 to lo-dword of mm1, then sum mmo+mm1
|
||||
// and finally store the result into the variable "corr"
|
||||
|
||||
accu = _mm_add_pi32(accu, _mm_srli_si64(accu, 32));
|
||||
corr = _m_to_int(accu);
|
||||
|
||||
normaccu = _mm_add_pi32(normaccu, _mm_srli_si64(normaccu, 32));
|
||||
norm = _m_to_int(normaccu);
|
||||
|
||||
// Clear MMS state
|
||||
_m_empty();
|
||||
|
||||
// Normalize result by dividing by sqrt(norm) - this step is easiest
|
||||
// done using floating point operation
|
||||
if (norm == 0) norm = 1; // to avoid div by zero
|
||||
|
||||
return (double)corr / sqrt((double)norm);
|
||||
// Note: Warning about the missing EMMS instruction is harmless
|
||||
// as it'll be called elsewhere.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void TDStretchMMX::clearCrossCorrState()
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Clear MMS state
|
||||
_m_empty();
|
||||
//_asm EMMS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// MMX-optimized version of the function overlapStereo
|
||||
void TDStretchMMX::overlapStereo(short *output, const short *input) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
const __m64 *pVinput, *pVMidBuf;
|
||||
__m64 *pVdest;
|
||||
__m64 mix1, mix2, adder, shifter;
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
pVinput = (const __m64*)input;
|
||||
pVMidBuf = (const __m64*)pMidBuffer;
|
||||
pVdest = (__m64*)output;
|
||||
|
||||
// mix1 = mixer values for 1st stereo sample
|
||||
// mix1 = mixer values for 2nd stereo sample
|
||||
// adder = adder for updating mixer values after each round
|
||||
|
||||
mix1 = _mm_set_pi16(0, overlapLength, 0, overlapLength);
|
||||
adder = _mm_set_pi16(1, -1, 1, -1);
|
||||
mix2 = _mm_add_pi16(mix1, adder);
|
||||
adder = _mm_add_pi16(adder, adder);
|
||||
|
||||
// Overlaplength-division by shifter. "+1" is to account for "-1" deduced in
|
||||
// overlapDividerBits calculation earlier.
|
||||
shifter = _m_from_int(overlapDividerBits + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < overlapLength / 4; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__m64 temp1, temp2;
|
||||
|
||||
// load & shuffle data so that input & mixbuffer data samples are paired
|
||||
temp1 = _mm_unpacklo_pi16(pVMidBuf[0], pVinput[0]); // = i0l m0l i0r m0r
|
||||
temp2 = _mm_unpackhi_pi16(pVMidBuf[0], pVinput[0]); // = i1l m1l i1r m1r
|
||||
|
||||
// temp = (temp .* mix) >> shifter
|
||||
temp1 = _mm_sra_pi32(_mm_madd_pi16(temp1, mix1), shifter);
|
||||
temp2 = _mm_sra_pi32(_mm_madd_pi16(temp2, mix2), shifter);
|
||||
pVdest[0] = _mm_packs_pi32(temp1, temp2); // pack 2*2*32bit => 4*16bit
|
||||
|
||||
// update mix += adder
|
||||
mix1 = _mm_add_pi16(mix1, adder);
|
||||
mix2 = _mm_add_pi16(mix2, adder);
|
||||
|
||||
// --- second round begins here ---
|
||||
|
||||
// load & shuffle data so that input & mixbuffer data samples are paired
|
||||
temp1 = _mm_unpacklo_pi16(pVMidBuf[1], pVinput[1]); // = i2l m2l i2r m2r
|
||||
temp2 = _mm_unpackhi_pi16(pVMidBuf[1], pVinput[1]); // = i3l m3l i3r m3r
|
||||
|
||||
// temp = (temp .* mix) >> shifter
|
||||
temp1 = _mm_sra_pi32(_mm_madd_pi16(temp1, mix1), shifter);
|
||||
temp2 = _mm_sra_pi32(_mm_madd_pi16(temp2, mix2), shifter);
|
||||
pVdest[1] = _mm_packs_pi32(temp1, temp2); // pack 2*2*32bit => 4*16bit
|
||||
|
||||
// update mix += adder
|
||||
mix1 = _mm_add_pi16(mix1, adder);
|
||||
mix2 = _mm_add_pi16(mix2, adder);
|
||||
|
||||
pVinput += 2;
|
||||
pVMidBuf += 2;
|
||||
pVdest += 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_m_empty(); // clear MMS state
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// implementation of MMX optimized functions of class 'FIRFilter'
|
||||
//
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include "FIRFilter.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FIRFilterMMX::FIRFilterMMX() : FIRFilter()
|
||||
{
|
||||
filterCoeffsUnalign = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FIRFilterMMX::~FIRFilterMMX()
|
||||
{
|
||||
delete[] filterCoeffsUnalign;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// (overloaded) Calculates filter coefficients for MMX routine
|
||||
void FIRFilterMMX::setCoefficients(const short *coeffs, uint newLength, uint uResultDivFactor)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint i;
|
||||
FIRFilter::setCoefficients(coeffs, newLength, uResultDivFactor);
|
||||
|
||||
// Ensure that filter coeffs array is aligned to 16-byte boundary
|
||||
delete[] filterCoeffsUnalign;
|
||||
filterCoeffsUnalign = new short[2 * newLength + 8];
|
||||
filterCoeffsAlign = (short *)SOUNDTOUCH_ALIGN_POINTER_16(filterCoeffsUnalign);
|
||||
|
||||
// rearrange the filter coefficients for mmx routines
|
||||
for (i = 0;i < length; i += 4)
|
||||
{
|
||||
filterCoeffsAlign[2 * i + 0] = coeffs[i + 0];
|
||||
filterCoeffsAlign[2 * i + 1] = coeffs[i + 2];
|
||||
filterCoeffsAlign[2 * i + 2] = coeffs[i + 0];
|
||||
filterCoeffsAlign[2 * i + 3] = coeffs[i + 2];
|
||||
|
||||
filterCoeffsAlign[2 * i + 4] = coeffs[i + 1];
|
||||
filterCoeffsAlign[2 * i + 5] = coeffs[i + 3];
|
||||
filterCoeffsAlign[2 * i + 6] = coeffs[i + 1];
|
||||
filterCoeffsAlign[2 * i + 7] = coeffs[i + 3];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// mmx-optimized version of the filter routine for stereo sound
|
||||
uint FIRFilterMMX::evaluateFilterStereo(short *dest, const short *src, uint numSamples) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Create stack copies of the needed member variables for asm routines :
|
||||
uint i, j;
|
||||
__m64 *pVdest = (__m64*)dest;
|
||||
|
||||
if (length < 2) return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < (numSamples - length) / 2; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__m64 accu1;
|
||||
__m64 accu2;
|
||||
const __m64 *pVsrc = (const __m64*)src;
|
||||
const __m64 *pVfilter = (const __m64*)filterCoeffsAlign;
|
||||
|
||||
accu1 = accu2 = _mm_setzero_si64();
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < lengthDiv8 * 2; j ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__m64 temp1, temp2;
|
||||
|
||||
temp1 = _mm_unpacklo_pi16(pVsrc[0], pVsrc[1]); // = l2 l0 r2 r0
|
||||
temp2 = _mm_unpackhi_pi16(pVsrc[0], pVsrc[1]); // = l3 l1 r3 r1
|
||||
|
||||
accu1 = _mm_add_pi32(accu1, _mm_madd_pi16(temp1, pVfilter[0])); // += l2*f2+l0*f0 r2*f2+r0*f0
|
||||
accu1 = _mm_add_pi32(accu1, _mm_madd_pi16(temp2, pVfilter[1])); // += l3*f3+l1*f1 r3*f3+r1*f1
|
||||
|
||||
temp1 = _mm_unpacklo_pi16(pVsrc[1], pVsrc[2]); // = l4 l2 r4 r2
|
||||
|
||||
accu2 = _mm_add_pi32(accu2, _mm_madd_pi16(temp2, pVfilter[0])); // += l3*f2+l1*f0 r3*f2+r1*f0
|
||||
accu2 = _mm_add_pi32(accu2, _mm_madd_pi16(temp1, pVfilter[1])); // += l4*f3+l2*f1 r4*f3+r2*f1
|
||||
|
||||
// accu1 += l2*f2+l0*f0 r2*f2+r0*f0
|
||||
// += l3*f3+l1*f1 r3*f3+r1*f1
|
||||
|
||||
// accu2 += l3*f2+l1*f0 r3*f2+r1*f0
|
||||
// l4*f3+l2*f1 r4*f3+r2*f1
|
||||
|
||||
pVfilter += 2;
|
||||
pVsrc += 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
// accu >>= resultDivFactor
|
||||
accu1 = _mm_srai_pi32(accu1, resultDivFactor);
|
||||
accu2 = _mm_srai_pi32(accu2, resultDivFactor);
|
||||
|
||||
// pack 2*2*32bits => 4*16 bits
|
||||
pVdest[0] = _mm_packs_pi32(accu1, accu2);
|
||||
src += 4;
|
||||
pVdest ++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_m_empty(); // clear emms state
|
||||
|
||||
return (numSamples & 0xfffffffe) - length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_MMX
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// MMX optimized routines. All MMX optimized functions have been gathered into
|
||||
/// this single source code file, regardless to their class or original source
|
||||
/// code file, in order to ease porting the library to other compiler and
|
||||
/// processor platforms.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The MMX-optimizations are programmed using MMX compiler intrinsics that
|
||||
/// are supported both by Microsoft Visual C++ and GCC compilers, so this file
|
||||
/// should compile with both toolsets.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// NOTICE: If using Visual Studio 6.0, you'll need to install the "Visual C++
|
||||
/// 6.0 processor pack" update to support compiler intrinsic syntax. The update
|
||||
/// is available for download at Microsoft Developers Network, see here:
|
||||
/// http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/vstudio/aa718349.aspx
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-11-08 18:53:01 +0000 (Thu, 08 Nov 2012) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: mmx_optimized.cpp 160 2012-11-08 18:53:01Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include "STTypes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_MMX
|
||||
// MMX routines available only with integer sample type
|
||||
|
||||
using namespace soundtouch;
|
||||
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// implementation of MMX optimized functions of class 'TDStretchMMX'
|
||||
//
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include "TDStretch.h"
|
||||
#include <mmintrin.h>
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
#include <math.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculates cross correlation of two buffers
|
||||
double TDStretchMMX::calcCrossCorr(const short *pV1, const short *pV2) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
const __m64 *pVec1, *pVec2;
|
||||
__m64 shifter;
|
||||
__m64 accu, normaccu;
|
||||
long corr, norm;
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
pVec1 = (__m64*)pV1;
|
||||
pVec2 = (__m64*)pV2;
|
||||
|
||||
shifter = _m_from_int(overlapDividerBits);
|
||||
normaccu = accu = _mm_setzero_si64();
|
||||
|
||||
// Process 4 parallel sets of 2 * stereo samples or 4 * mono samples
|
||||
// during each round for improved CPU-level parallellization.
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < channels * overlapLength / 16; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__m64 temp, temp2;
|
||||
|
||||
// dictionary of instructions:
|
||||
// _m_pmaddwd : 4*16bit multiply-add, resulting two 32bits = [a0*b0+a1*b1 ; a2*b2+a3*b3]
|
||||
// _mm_add_pi32 : 2*32bit add
|
||||
// _m_psrad : 32bit right-shift
|
||||
|
||||
temp = _mm_add_pi32(_mm_madd_pi16(pVec1[0], pVec2[0]),
|
||||
_mm_madd_pi16(pVec1[1], pVec2[1]));
|
||||
temp2 = _mm_add_pi32(_mm_madd_pi16(pVec1[0], pVec1[0]),
|
||||
_mm_madd_pi16(pVec1[1], pVec1[1]));
|
||||
accu = _mm_add_pi32(accu, _mm_sra_pi32(temp, shifter));
|
||||
normaccu = _mm_add_pi32(normaccu, _mm_sra_pi32(temp2, shifter));
|
||||
|
||||
temp = _mm_add_pi32(_mm_madd_pi16(pVec1[2], pVec2[2]),
|
||||
_mm_madd_pi16(pVec1[3], pVec2[3]));
|
||||
temp2 = _mm_add_pi32(_mm_madd_pi16(pVec1[2], pVec1[2]),
|
||||
_mm_madd_pi16(pVec1[3], pVec1[3]));
|
||||
accu = _mm_add_pi32(accu, _mm_sra_pi32(temp, shifter));
|
||||
normaccu = _mm_add_pi32(normaccu, _mm_sra_pi32(temp2, shifter));
|
||||
|
||||
pVec1 += 4;
|
||||
pVec2 += 4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// copy hi-dword of mm0 to lo-dword of mm1, then sum mmo+mm1
|
||||
// and finally store the result into the variable "corr"
|
||||
|
||||
accu = _mm_add_pi32(accu, _mm_srli_si64(accu, 32));
|
||||
corr = _m_to_int(accu);
|
||||
|
||||
normaccu = _mm_add_pi32(normaccu, _mm_srli_si64(normaccu, 32));
|
||||
norm = _m_to_int(normaccu);
|
||||
|
||||
// Clear MMS state
|
||||
_m_empty();
|
||||
|
||||
// Normalize result by dividing by sqrt(norm) - this step is easiest
|
||||
// done using floating point operation
|
||||
if (norm == 0) norm = 1; // to avoid div by zero
|
||||
|
||||
return (double)corr / sqrt((double)norm);
|
||||
// Note: Warning about the missing EMMS instruction is harmless
|
||||
// as it'll be called elsewhere.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void TDStretchMMX::clearCrossCorrState()
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Clear MMS state
|
||||
_m_empty();
|
||||
//_asm EMMS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// MMX-optimized version of the function overlapStereo
|
||||
void TDStretchMMX::overlapStereo(short *output, const short *input) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
const __m64 *pVinput, *pVMidBuf;
|
||||
__m64 *pVdest;
|
||||
__m64 mix1, mix2, adder, shifter;
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
pVinput = (const __m64*)input;
|
||||
pVMidBuf = (const __m64*)pMidBuffer;
|
||||
pVdest = (__m64*)output;
|
||||
|
||||
// mix1 = mixer values for 1st stereo sample
|
||||
// mix1 = mixer values for 2nd stereo sample
|
||||
// adder = adder for updating mixer values after each round
|
||||
|
||||
mix1 = _mm_set_pi16(0, overlapLength, 0, overlapLength);
|
||||
adder = _mm_set_pi16(1, -1, 1, -1);
|
||||
mix2 = _mm_add_pi16(mix1, adder);
|
||||
adder = _mm_add_pi16(adder, adder);
|
||||
|
||||
// Overlaplength-division by shifter. "+1" is to account for "-1" deduced in
|
||||
// overlapDividerBits calculation earlier.
|
||||
shifter = _m_from_int(overlapDividerBits + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < overlapLength / 4; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__m64 temp1, temp2;
|
||||
|
||||
// load & shuffle data so that input & mixbuffer data samples are paired
|
||||
temp1 = _mm_unpacklo_pi16(pVMidBuf[0], pVinput[0]); // = i0l m0l i0r m0r
|
||||
temp2 = _mm_unpackhi_pi16(pVMidBuf[0], pVinput[0]); // = i1l m1l i1r m1r
|
||||
|
||||
// temp = (temp .* mix) >> shifter
|
||||
temp1 = _mm_sra_pi32(_mm_madd_pi16(temp1, mix1), shifter);
|
||||
temp2 = _mm_sra_pi32(_mm_madd_pi16(temp2, mix2), shifter);
|
||||
pVdest[0] = _mm_packs_pi32(temp1, temp2); // pack 2*2*32bit => 4*16bit
|
||||
|
||||
// update mix += adder
|
||||
mix1 = _mm_add_pi16(mix1, adder);
|
||||
mix2 = _mm_add_pi16(mix2, adder);
|
||||
|
||||
// --- second round begins here ---
|
||||
|
||||
// load & shuffle data so that input & mixbuffer data samples are paired
|
||||
temp1 = _mm_unpacklo_pi16(pVMidBuf[1], pVinput[1]); // = i2l m2l i2r m2r
|
||||
temp2 = _mm_unpackhi_pi16(pVMidBuf[1], pVinput[1]); // = i3l m3l i3r m3r
|
||||
|
||||
// temp = (temp .* mix) >> shifter
|
||||
temp1 = _mm_sra_pi32(_mm_madd_pi16(temp1, mix1), shifter);
|
||||
temp2 = _mm_sra_pi32(_mm_madd_pi16(temp2, mix2), shifter);
|
||||
pVdest[1] = _mm_packs_pi32(temp1, temp2); // pack 2*2*32bit => 4*16bit
|
||||
|
||||
// update mix += adder
|
||||
mix1 = _mm_add_pi16(mix1, adder);
|
||||
mix2 = _mm_add_pi16(mix2, adder);
|
||||
|
||||
pVinput += 2;
|
||||
pVMidBuf += 2;
|
||||
pVdest += 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_m_empty(); // clear MMS state
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// implementation of MMX optimized functions of class 'FIRFilter'
|
||||
//
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include "FIRFilter.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FIRFilterMMX::FIRFilterMMX() : FIRFilter()
|
||||
{
|
||||
filterCoeffsUnalign = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FIRFilterMMX::~FIRFilterMMX()
|
||||
{
|
||||
delete[] filterCoeffsUnalign;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// (overloaded) Calculates filter coefficients for MMX routine
|
||||
void FIRFilterMMX::setCoefficients(const short *coeffs, uint newLength, uint uResultDivFactor)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint i;
|
||||
FIRFilter::setCoefficients(coeffs, newLength, uResultDivFactor);
|
||||
|
||||
// Ensure that filter coeffs array is aligned to 16-byte boundary
|
||||
delete[] filterCoeffsUnalign;
|
||||
filterCoeffsUnalign = new short[2 * newLength + 8];
|
||||
filterCoeffsAlign = (short *)SOUNDTOUCH_ALIGN_POINTER_16(filterCoeffsUnalign);
|
||||
|
||||
// rearrange the filter coefficients for mmx routines
|
||||
for (i = 0;i < length; i += 4)
|
||||
{
|
||||
filterCoeffsAlign[2 * i + 0] = coeffs[i + 0];
|
||||
filterCoeffsAlign[2 * i + 1] = coeffs[i + 2];
|
||||
filterCoeffsAlign[2 * i + 2] = coeffs[i + 0];
|
||||
filterCoeffsAlign[2 * i + 3] = coeffs[i + 2];
|
||||
|
||||
filterCoeffsAlign[2 * i + 4] = coeffs[i + 1];
|
||||
filterCoeffsAlign[2 * i + 5] = coeffs[i + 3];
|
||||
filterCoeffsAlign[2 * i + 6] = coeffs[i + 1];
|
||||
filterCoeffsAlign[2 * i + 7] = coeffs[i + 3];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// mmx-optimized version of the filter routine for stereo sound
|
||||
uint FIRFilterMMX::evaluateFilterStereo(short *dest, const short *src, uint numSamples) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Create stack copies of the needed member variables for asm routines :
|
||||
uint i, j;
|
||||
__m64 *pVdest = (__m64*)dest;
|
||||
|
||||
if (length < 2) return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < (numSamples - length) / 2; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__m64 accu1;
|
||||
__m64 accu2;
|
||||
const __m64 *pVsrc = (const __m64*)src;
|
||||
const __m64 *pVfilter = (const __m64*)filterCoeffsAlign;
|
||||
|
||||
accu1 = accu2 = _mm_setzero_si64();
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < lengthDiv8 * 2; j ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__m64 temp1, temp2;
|
||||
|
||||
temp1 = _mm_unpacklo_pi16(pVsrc[0], pVsrc[1]); // = l2 l0 r2 r0
|
||||
temp2 = _mm_unpackhi_pi16(pVsrc[0], pVsrc[1]); // = l3 l1 r3 r1
|
||||
|
||||
accu1 = _mm_add_pi32(accu1, _mm_madd_pi16(temp1, pVfilter[0])); // += l2*f2+l0*f0 r2*f2+r0*f0
|
||||
accu1 = _mm_add_pi32(accu1, _mm_madd_pi16(temp2, pVfilter[1])); // += l3*f3+l1*f1 r3*f3+r1*f1
|
||||
|
||||
temp1 = _mm_unpacklo_pi16(pVsrc[1], pVsrc[2]); // = l4 l2 r4 r2
|
||||
|
||||
accu2 = _mm_add_pi32(accu2, _mm_madd_pi16(temp2, pVfilter[0])); // += l3*f2+l1*f0 r3*f2+r1*f0
|
||||
accu2 = _mm_add_pi32(accu2, _mm_madd_pi16(temp1, pVfilter[1])); // += l4*f3+l2*f1 r4*f3+r2*f1
|
||||
|
||||
// accu1 += l2*f2+l0*f0 r2*f2+r0*f0
|
||||
// += l3*f3+l1*f1 r3*f3+r1*f1
|
||||
|
||||
// accu2 += l3*f2+l1*f0 r3*f2+r1*f0
|
||||
// l4*f3+l2*f1 r4*f3+r2*f1
|
||||
|
||||
pVfilter += 2;
|
||||
pVsrc += 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
// accu >>= resultDivFactor
|
||||
accu1 = _mm_srai_pi32(accu1, resultDivFactor);
|
||||
accu2 = _mm_srai_pi32(accu2, resultDivFactor);
|
||||
|
||||
// pack 2*2*32bits => 4*16 bits
|
||||
pVdest[0] = _mm_packs_pi32(accu1, accu2);
|
||||
src += 4;
|
||||
pVdest ++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_m_empty(); // clear emms state
|
||||
|
||||
return (numSamples & 0xfffffffe) - length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_MMX
|
||||
|
722
Externals/soundtouch/sse_optimized.cpp
vendored
722
Externals/soundtouch/sse_optimized.cpp
vendored
@ -1,361 +1,361 @@
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// SSE optimized routines for Pentium-III, Athlon-XP and later CPUs. All SSE
|
||||
/// optimized functions have been gathered into this single source
|
||||
/// code file, regardless to their class or original source code file, in order
|
||||
/// to ease porting the library to other compiler and processor platforms.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The SSE-optimizations are programmed using SSE compiler intrinsics that
|
||||
/// are supported both by Microsoft Visual C++ and GCC compilers, so this file
|
||||
/// should compile with both toolsets.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// NOTICE: If using Visual Studio 6.0, you'll need to install the "Visual C++
|
||||
/// 6.0 processor pack" update to support SSE instruction set. The update is
|
||||
/// available for download at Microsoft Developers Network, see here:
|
||||
/// http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/vstudio/aa718349.aspx
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If the above URL is expired or removed, go to "http://msdn.microsoft.com" and
|
||||
/// perform a search with keywords "processor pack".
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-11-08 20:53:01 +0200 (Thu, 08 Nov 2012) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: sse_optimized.cpp 160 2012-11-08 18:53:01Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include "cpu_detect.h"
|
||||
#include "STTypes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
using namespace soundtouch;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_SSE
|
||||
|
||||
// SSE routines available only with float sample type
|
||||
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// implementation of SSE optimized functions of class 'TDStretchSSE'
|
||||
//
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include "TDStretch.h"
|
||||
#include <xmmintrin.h>
|
||||
#include <math.h>
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculates cross correlation of two buffers
|
||||
double TDStretchSSE::calcCrossCorr(const float *pV1, const float *pV2) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
const float *pVec1;
|
||||
const __m128 *pVec2;
|
||||
__m128 vSum, vNorm;
|
||||
|
||||
// Note. It means a major slow-down if the routine needs to tolerate
|
||||
// unaligned __m128 memory accesses. It's way faster if we can skip
|
||||
// unaligned slots and use _mm_load_ps instruction instead of _mm_loadu_ps.
|
||||
// This can mean up to ~ 10-fold difference (incl. part of which is
|
||||
// due to skipping every second round for stereo sound though).
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Compile-time define SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_NONEXACT_SIMD_OPTIMIZATION is provided
|
||||
// for choosing if this little cheating is allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_NONEXACT_SIMD_OPTIMIZATION
|
||||
// Little cheating allowed, return valid correlation only for
|
||||
// aligned locations, meaning every second round for stereo sound.
|
||||
|
||||
#define _MM_LOAD _mm_load_ps
|
||||
|
||||
if (((ulongptr)pV1) & 15) return -1e50; // skip unaligned locations
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
// No cheating allowed, use unaligned load & take the resulting
|
||||
// performance hit.
|
||||
#define _MM_LOAD _mm_loadu_ps
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// ensure overlapLength is divisible by 8
|
||||
assert((overlapLength % 8) == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculates the cross-correlation value between 'pV1' and 'pV2' vectors
|
||||
// Note: pV2 _must_ be aligned to 16-bit boundary, pV1 need not.
|
||||
pVec1 = (const float*)pV1;
|
||||
pVec2 = (const __m128*)pV2;
|
||||
vSum = vNorm = _mm_setzero_ps();
|
||||
|
||||
// Unroll the loop by factor of 4 * 4 operations. Use same routine for
|
||||
// stereo & mono, for mono it just means twice the amount of unrolling.
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < channels * overlapLength / 16; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__m128 vTemp;
|
||||
// vSum += pV1[0..3] * pV2[0..3]
|
||||
vTemp = _MM_LOAD(pVec1);
|
||||
vSum = _mm_add_ps(vSum, _mm_mul_ps(vTemp ,pVec2[0]));
|
||||
vNorm = _mm_add_ps(vNorm, _mm_mul_ps(vTemp ,vTemp));
|
||||
|
||||
// vSum += pV1[4..7] * pV2[4..7]
|
||||
vTemp = _MM_LOAD(pVec1 + 4);
|
||||
vSum = _mm_add_ps(vSum, _mm_mul_ps(vTemp, pVec2[1]));
|
||||
vNorm = _mm_add_ps(vNorm, _mm_mul_ps(vTemp ,vTemp));
|
||||
|
||||
// vSum += pV1[8..11] * pV2[8..11]
|
||||
vTemp = _MM_LOAD(pVec1 + 8);
|
||||
vSum = _mm_add_ps(vSum, _mm_mul_ps(vTemp, pVec2[2]));
|
||||
vNorm = _mm_add_ps(vNorm, _mm_mul_ps(vTemp ,vTemp));
|
||||
|
||||
// vSum += pV1[12..15] * pV2[12..15]
|
||||
vTemp = _MM_LOAD(pVec1 + 12);
|
||||
vSum = _mm_add_ps(vSum, _mm_mul_ps(vTemp, pVec2[3]));
|
||||
vNorm = _mm_add_ps(vNorm, _mm_mul_ps(vTemp ,vTemp));
|
||||
|
||||
pVec1 += 16;
|
||||
pVec2 += 4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// return value = vSum[0] + vSum[1] + vSum[2] + vSum[3]
|
||||
float *pvNorm = (float*)&vNorm;
|
||||
double norm = sqrt(pvNorm[0] + pvNorm[1] + pvNorm[2] + pvNorm[3]);
|
||||
if (norm < 1e-9) norm = 1.0; // to avoid div by zero
|
||||
|
||||
float *pvSum = (float*)&vSum;
|
||||
return (double)(pvSum[0] + pvSum[1] + pvSum[2] + pvSum[3]) / norm;
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is approximately corresponding routine in C-language yet without normalization:
|
||||
double corr, norm;
|
||||
uint i;
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculates the cross-correlation value between 'pV1' and 'pV2' vectors
|
||||
corr = norm = 0.0;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < channels * overlapLength / 16; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
corr += pV1[0] * pV2[0] +
|
||||
pV1[1] * pV2[1] +
|
||||
pV1[2] * pV2[2] +
|
||||
pV1[3] * pV2[3] +
|
||||
pV1[4] * pV2[4] +
|
||||
pV1[5] * pV2[5] +
|
||||
pV1[6] * pV2[6] +
|
||||
pV1[7] * pV2[7] +
|
||||
pV1[8] * pV2[8] +
|
||||
pV1[9] * pV2[9] +
|
||||
pV1[10] * pV2[10] +
|
||||
pV1[11] * pV2[11] +
|
||||
pV1[12] * pV2[12] +
|
||||
pV1[13] * pV2[13] +
|
||||
pV1[14] * pV2[14] +
|
||||
pV1[15] * pV2[15];
|
||||
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < 15; j ++) norm += pV1[j] * pV1[j];
|
||||
|
||||
pV1 += 16;
|
||||
pV2 += 16;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return corr / sqrt(norm);
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// implementation of SSE optimized functions of class 'FIRFilter'
|
||||
//
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include "FIRFilter.h"
|
||||
|
||||
FIRFilterSSE::FIRFilterSSE() : FIRFilter()
|
||||
{
|
||||
filterCoeffsAlign = NULL;
|
||||
filterCoeffsUnalign = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FIRFilterSSE::~FIRFilterSSE()
|
||||
{
|
||||
delete[] filterCoeffsUnalign;
|
||||
filterCoeffsAlign = NULL;
|
||||
filterCoeffsUnalign = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// (overloaded) Calculates filter coefficients for SSE routine
|
||||
void FIRFilterSSE::setCoefficients(const float *coeffs, uint newLength, uint uResultDivFactor)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint i;
|
||||
float fDivider;
|
||||
|
||||
FIRFilter::setCoefficients(coeffs, newLength, uResultDivFactor);
|
||||
|
||||
// Scale the filter coefficients so that it won't be necessary to scale the filtering result
|
||||
// also rearrange coefficients suitably for SSE
|
||||
// Ensure that filter coeffs array is aligned to 16-byte boundary
|
||||
delete[] filterCoeffsUnalign;
|
||||
filterCoeffsUnalign = new float[2 * newLength + 4];
|
||||
filterCoeffsAlign = (float *)SOUNDTOUCH_ALIGN_POINTER_16(filterCoeffsUnalign);
|
||||
|
||||
fDivider = (float)resultDivider;
|
||||
|
||||
// rearrange the filter coefficients for mmx routines
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < newLength; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
filterCoeffsAlign[2 * i + 0] =
|
||||
filterCoeffsAlign[2 * i + 1] = coeffs[i + 0] / fDivider;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// SSE-optimized version of the filter routine for stereo sound
|
||||
uint FIRFilterSSE::evaluateFilterStereo(float *dest, const float *source, uint numSamples) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
int count = (int)((numSamples - length) & (uint)-2);
|
||||
int j;
|
||||
|
||||
assert(count % 2 == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
if (count < 2) return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
assert(source != NULL);
|
||||
assert(dest != NULL);
|
||||
assert((length % 8) == 0);
|
||||
assert(filterCoeffsAlign != NULL);
|
||||
assert(((ulongptr)filterCoeffsAlign) % 16 == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
// filter is evaluated for two stereo samples with each iteration, thus use of 'j += 2'
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < count; j += 2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const float *pSrc;
|
||||
const __m128 *pFil;
|
||||
__m128 sum1, sum2;
|
||||
uint i;
|
||||
|
||||
pSrc = (const float*)source; // source audio data
|
||||
pFil = (const __m128*)filterCoeffsAlign; // filter coefficients. NOTE: Assumes coefficients
|
||||
// are aligned to 16-byte boundary
|
||||
sum1 = sum2 = _mm_setzero_ps();
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < length / 8; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Unroll loop for efficiency & calculate filter for 2*2 stereo samples
|
||||
// at each pass
|
||||
|
||||
// sum1 is accu for 2*2 filtered stereo sound data at the primary sound data offset
|
||||
// sum2 is accu for 2*2 filtered stereo sound data for the next sound sample offset.
|
||||
|
||||
sum1 = _mm_add_ps(sum1, _mm_mul_ps(_mm_loadu_ps(pSrc) , pFil[0]));
|
||||
sum2 = _mm_add_ps(sum2, _mm_mul_ps(_mm_loadu_ps(pSrc + 2), pFil[0]));
|
||||
|
||||
sum1 = _mm_add_ps(sum1, _mm_mul_ps(_mm_loadu_ps(pSrc + 4), pFil[1]));
|
||||
sum2 = _mm_add_ps(sum2, _mm_mul_ps(_mm_loadu_ps(pSrc + 6), pFil[1]));
|
||||
|
||||
sum1 = _mm_add_ps(sum1, _mm_mul_ps(_mm_loadu_ps(pSrc + 8) , pFil[2]));
|
||||
sum2 = _mm_add_ps(sum2, _mm_mul_ps(_mm_loadu_ps(pSrc + 10), pFil[2]));
|
||||
|
||||
sum1 = _mm_add_ps(sum1, _mm_mul_ps(_mm_loadu_ps(pSrc + 12), pFil[3]));
|
||||
sum2 = _mm_add_ps(sum2, _mm_mul_ps(_mm_loadu_ps(pSrc + 14), pFil[3]));
|
||||
|
||||
pSrc += 16;
|
||||
pFil += 4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Now sum1 and sum2 both have a filtered 2-channel sample each, but we still need
|
||||
// to sum the two hi- and lo-floats of these registers together.
|
||||
|
||||
// post-shuffle & add the filtered values and store to dest.
|
||||
_mm_storeu_ps(dest, _mm_add_ps(
|
||||
_mm_shuffle_ps(sum1, sum2, _MM_SHUFFLE(1,0,3,2)), // s2_1 s2_0 s1_3 s1_2
|
||||
_mm_shuffle_ps(sum1, sum2, _MM_SHUFFLE(3,2,1,0)) // s2_3 s2_2 s1_1 s1_0
|
||||
));
|
||||
source += 4;
|
||||
dest += 4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Ideas for further improvement:
|
||||
// 1. If it could be guaranteed that 'source' were always aligned to 16-byte
|
||||
// boundary, a faster aligned '_mm_load_ps' instruction could be used.
|
||||
// 2. If it could be guaranteed that 'dest' were always aligned to 16-byte
|
||||
// boundary, a faster '_mm_store_ps' instruction could be used.
|
||||
|
||||
return (uint)count;
|
||||
|
||||
/* original routine in C-language. please notice the C-version has differently
|
||||
organized coefficients though.
|
||||
double suml1, suml2;
|
||||
double sumr1, sumr2;
|
||||
uint i, j;
|
||||
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < count; j += 2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const float *ptr;
|
||||
const float *pFil;
|
||||
|
||||
suml1 = sumr1 = 0.0;
|
||||
suml2 = sumr2 = 0.0;
|
||||
ptr = src;
|
||||
pFil = filterCoeffs;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < lengthLocal; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// unroll loop for efficiency.
|
||||
|
||||
suml1 += ptr[0] * pFil[0] +
|
||||
ptr[2] * pFil[2] +
|
||||
ptr[4] * pFil[4] +
|
||||
ptr[6] * pFil[6];
|
||||
|
||||
sumr1 += ptr[1] * pFil[1] +
|
||||
ptr[3] * pFil[3] +
|
||||
ptr[5] * pFil[5] +
|
||||
ptr[7] * pFil[7];
|
||||
|
||||
suml2 += ptr[8] * pFil[0] +
|
||||
ptr[10] * pFil[2] +
|
||||
ptr[12] * pFil[4] +
|
||||
ptr[14] * pFil[6];
|
||||
|
||||
sumr2 += ptr[9] * pFil[1] +
|
||||
ptr[11] * pFil[3] +
|
||||
ptr[13] * pFil[5] +
|
||||
ptr[15] * pFil[7];
|
||||
|
||||
ptr += 16;
|
||||
pFil += 8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
dest[0] = (float)suml1;
|
||||
dest[1] = (float)sumr1;
|
||||
dest[2] = (float)suml2;
|
||||
dest[3] = (float)sumr2;
|
||||
|
||||
src += 4;
|
||||
dest += 4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_SSE
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// SSE optimized routines for Pentium-III, Athlon-XP and later CPUs. All SSE
|
||||
/// optimized functions have been gathered into this single source
|
||||
/// code file, regardless to their class or original source code file, in order
|
||||
/// to ease porting the library to other compiler and processor platforms.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The SSE-optimizations are programmed using SSE compiler intrinsics that
|
||||
/// are supported both by Microsoft Visual C++ and GCC compilers, so this file
|
||||
/// should compile with both toolsets.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// NOTICE: If using Visual Studio 6.0, you'll need to install the "Visual C++
|
||||
/// 6.0 processor pack" update to support SSE instruction set. The update is
|
||||
/// available for download at Microsoft Developers Network, see here:
|
||||
/// http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/vstudio/aa718349.aspx
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If the above URL is expired or removed, go to "http://msdn.microsoft.com" and
|
||||
/// perform a search with keywords "processor pack".
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Author : Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
/// Author e-mail : oparviai 'at' iki.fi
|
||||
/// SoundTouch WWW: http://www.surina.net/soundtouch
|
||||
///
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Last changed : $Date: 2012-11-08 18:53:01 +0000 (Thu, 08 Nov 2012) $
|
||||
// File revision : $Revision: 4 $
|
||||
//
|
||||
// $Id: sse_optimized.cpp 160 2012-11-08 18:53:01Z oparviai $
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// License :
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SoundTouch audio processing library
|
||||
// Copyright (c) Olli Parviainen
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
// version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
// Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
//
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include "cpu_detect.h"
|
||||
#include "STTypes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
using namespace soundtouch;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_SSE
|
||||
|
||||
// SSE routines available only with float sample type
|
||||
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// implementation of SSE optimized functions of class 'TDStretchSSE'
|
||||
//
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include "TDStretch.h"
|
||||
#include <xmmintrin.h>
|
||||
#include <math.h>
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculates cross correlation of two buffers
|
||||
double TDStretchSSE::calcCrossCorr(const float *pV1, const float *pV2) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
const float *pVec1;
|
||||
const __m128 *pVec2;
|
||||
__m128 vSum, vNorm;
|
||||
|
||||
// Note. It means a major slow-down if the routine needs to tolerate
|
||||
// unaligned __m128 memory accesses. It's way faster if we can skip
|
||||
// unaligned slots and use _mm_load_ps instruction instead of _mm_loadu_ps.
|
||||
// This can mean up to ~ 10-fold difference (incl. part of which is
|
||||
// due to skipping every second round for stereo sound though).
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Compile-time define SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_NONEXACT_SIMD_OPTIMIZATION is provided
|
||||
// for choosing if this little cheating is allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_NONEXACT_SIMD_OPTIMIZATION
|
||||
// Little cheating allowed, return valid correlation only for
|
||||
// aligned locations, meaning every second round for stereo sound.
|
||||
|
||||
#define _MM_LOAD _mm_load_ps
|
||||
|
||||
if (((ulongptr)pV1) & 15) return -1e50; // skip unaligned locations
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
// No cheating allowed, use unaligned load & take the resulting
|
||||
// performance hit.
|
||||
#define _MM_LOAD _mm_loadu_ps
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// ensure overlapLength is divisible by 8
|
||||
assert((overlapLength % 8) == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculates the cross-correlation value between 'pV1' and 'pV2' vectors
|
||||
// Note: pV2 _must_ be aligned to 16-bit boundary, pV1 need not.
|
||||
pVec1 = (const float*)pV1;
|
||||
pVec2 = (const __m128*)pV2;
|
||||
vSum = vNorm = _mm_setzero_ps();
|
||||
|
||||
// Unroll the loop by factor of 4 * 4 operations. Use same routine for
|
||||
// stereo & mono, for mono it just means twice the amount of unrolling.
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < channels * overlapLength / 16; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__m128 vTemp;
|
||||
// vSum += pV1[0..3] * pV2[0..3]
|
||||
vTemp = _MM_LOAD(pVec1);
|
||||
vSum = _mm_add_ps(vSum, _mm_mul_ps(vTemp ,pVec2[0]));
|
||||
vNorm = _mm_add_ps(vNorm, _mm_mul_ps(vTemp ,vTemp));
|
||||
|
||||
// vSum += pV1[4..7] * pV2[4..7]
|
||||
vTemp = _MM_LOAD(pVec1 + 4);
|
||||
vSum = _mm_add_ps(vSum, _mm_mul_ps(vTemp, pVec2[1]));
|
||||
vNorm = _mm_add_ps(vNorm, _mm_mul_ps(vTemp ,vTemp));
|
||||
|
||||
// vSum += pV1[8..11] * pV2[8..11]
|
||||
vTemp = _MM_LOAD(pVec1 + 8);
|
||||
vSum = _mm_add_ps(vSum, _mm_mul_ps(vTemp, pVec2[2]));
|
||||
vNorm = _mm_add_ps(vNorm, _mm_mul_ps(vTemp ,vTemp));
|
||||
|
||||
// vSum += pV1[12..15] * pV2[12..15]
|
||||
vTemp = _MM_LOAD(pVec1 + 12);
|
||||
vSum = _mm_add_ps(vSum, _mm_mul_ps(vTemp, pVec2[3]));
|
||||
vNorm = _mm_add_ps(vNorm, _mm_mul_ps(vTemp ,vTemp));
|
||||
|
||||
pVec1 += 16;
|
||||
pVec2 += 4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// return value = vSum[0] + vSum[1] + vSum[2] + vSum[3]
|
||||
float *pvNorm = (float*)&vNorm;
|
||||
double norm = sqrt(pvNorm[0] + pvNorm[1] + pvNorm[2] + pvNorm[3]);
|
||||
if (norm < 1e-9) norm = 1.0; // to avoid div by zero
|
||||
|
||||
float *pvSum = (float*)&vSum;
|
||||
return (double)(pvSum[0] + pvSum[1] + pvSum[2] + pvSum[3]) / norm;
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is approximately corresponding routine in C-language yet without normalization:
|
||||
double corr, norm;
|
||||
uint i;
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculates the cross-correlation value between 'pV1' and 'pV2' vectors
|
||||
corr = norm = 0.0;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < channels * overlapLength / 16; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
corr += pV1[0] * pV2[0] +
|
||||
pV1[1] * pV2[1] +
|
||||
pV1[2] * pV2[2] +
|
||||
pV1[3] * pV2[3] +
|
||||
pV1[4] * pV2[4] +
|
||||
pV1[5] * pV2[5] +
|
||||
pV1[6] * pV2[6] +
|
||||
pV1[7] * pV2[7] +
|
||||
pV1[8] * pV2[8] +
|
||||
pV1[9] * pV2[9] +
|
||||
pV1[10] * pV2[10] +
|
||||
pV1[11] * pV2[11] +
|
||||
pV1[12] * pV2[12] +
|
||||
pV1[13] * pV2[13] +
|
||||
pV1[14] * pV2[14] +
|
||||
pV1[15] * pV2[15];
|
||||
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < 15; j ++) norm += pV1[j] * pV1[j];
|
||||
|
||||
pV1 += 16;
|
||||
pV2 += 16;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return corr / sqrt(norm);
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
// implementation of SSE optimized functions of class 'FIRFilter'
|
||||
//
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include "FIRFilter.h"
|
||||
|
||||
FIRFilterSSE::FIRFilterSSE() : FIRFilter()
|
||||
{
|
||||
filterCoeffsAlign = NULL;
|
||||
filterCoeffsUnalign = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FIRFilterSSE::~FIRFilterSSE()
|
||||
{
|
||||
delete[] filterCoeffsUnalign;
|
||||
filterCoeffsAlign = NULL;
|
||||
filterCoeffsUnalign = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// (overloaded) Calculates filter coefficients for SSE routine
|
||||
void FIRFilterSSE::setCoefficients(const float *coeffs, uint newLength, uint uResultDivFactor)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint i;
|
||||
float fDivider;
|
||||
|
||||
FIRFilter::setCoefficients(coeffs, newLength, uResultDivFactor);
|
||||
|
||||
// Scale the filter coefficients so that it won't be necessary to scale the filtering result
|
||||
// also rearrange coefficients suitably for SSE
|
||||
// Ensure that filter coeffs array is aligned to 16-byte boundary
|
||||
delete[] filterCoeffsUnalign;
|
||||
filterCoeffsUnalign = new float[2 * newLength + 4];
|
||||
filterCoeffsAlign = (float *)SOUNDTOUCH_ALIGN_POINTER_16(filterCoeffsUnalign);
|
||||
|
||||
fDivider = (float)resultDivider;
|
||||
|
||||
// rearrange the filter coefficients for mmx routines
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < newLength; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
filterCoeffsAlign[2 * i + 0] =
|
||||
filterCoeffsAlign[2 * i + 1] = coeffs[i + 0] / fDivider;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// SSE-optimized version of the filter routine for stereo sound
|
||||
uint FIRFilterSSE::evaluateFilterStereo(float *dest, const float *source, uint numSamples) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
int count = (int)((numSamples - length) & (uint)-2);
|
||||
int j;
|
||||
|
||||
assert(count % 2 == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
if (count < 2) return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
assert(source != NULL);
|
||||
assert(dest != NULL);
|
||||
assert((length % 8) == 0);
|
||||
assert(filterCoeffsAlign != NULL);
|
||||
assert(((ulongptr)filterCoeffsAlign) % 16 == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
// filter is evaluated for two stereo samples with each iteration, thus use of 'j += 2'
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < count; j += 2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const float *pSrc;
|
||||
const __m128 *pFil;
|
||||
__m128 sum1, sum2;
|
||||
uint i;
|
||||
|
||||
pSrc = (const float*)source; // source audio data
|
||||
pFil = (const __m128*)filterCoeffsAlign; // filter coefficients. NOTE: Assumes coefficients
|
||||
// are aligned to 16-byte boundary
|
||||
sum1 = sum2 = _mm_setzero_ps();
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < length / 8; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Unroll loop for efficiency & calculate filter for 2*2 stereo samples
|
||||
// at each pass
|
||||
|
||||
// sum1 is accu for 2*2 filtered stereo sound data at the primary sound data offset
|
||||
// sum2 is accu for 2*2 filtered stereo sound data for the next sound sample offset.
|
||||
|
||||
sum1 = _mm_add_ps(sum1, _mm_mul_ps(_mm_loadu_ps(pSrc) , pFil[0]));
|
||||
sum2 = _mm_add_ps(sum2, _mm_mul_ps(_mm_loadu_ps(pSrc + 2), pFil[0]));
|
||||
|
||||
sum1 = _mm_add_ps(sum1, _mm_mul_ps(_mm_loadu_ps(pSrc + 4), pFil[1]));
|
||||
sum2 = _mm_add_ps(sum2, _mm_mul_ps(_mm_loadu_ps(pSrc + 6), pFil[1]));
|
||||
|
||||
sum1 = _mm_add_ps(sum1, _mm_mul_ps(_mm_loadu_ps(pSrc + 8) , pFil[2]));
|
||||
sum2 = _mm_add_ps(sum2, _mm_mul_ps(_mm_loadu_ps(pSrc + 10), pFil[2]));
|
||||
|
||||
sum1 = _mm_add_ps(sum1, _mm_mul_ps(_mm_loadu_ps(pSrc + 12), pFil[3]));
|
||||
sum2 = _mm_add_ps(sum2, _mm_mul_ps(_mm_loadu_ps(pSrc + 14), pFil[3]));
|
||||
|
||||
pSrc += 16;
|
||||
pFil += 4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Now sum1 and sum2 both have a filtered 2-channel sample each, but we still need
|
||||
// to sum the two hi- and lo-floats of these registers together.
|
||||
|
||||
// post-shuffle & add the filtered values and store to dest.
|
||||
_mm_storeu_ps(dest, _mm_add_ps(
|
||||
_mm_shuffle_ps(sum1, sum2, _MM_SHUFFLE(1,0,3,2)), // s2_1 s2_0 s1_3 s1_2
|
||||
_mm_shuffle_ps(sum1, sum2, _MM_SHUFFLE(3,2,1,0)) // s2_3 s2_2 s1_1 s1_0
|
||||
));
|
||||
source += 4;
|
||||
dest += 4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Ideas for further improvement:
|
||||
// 1. If it could be guaranteed that 'source' were always aligned to 16-byte
|
||||
// boundary, a faster aligned '_mm_load_ps' instruction could be used.
|
||||
// 2. If it could be guaranteed that 'dest' were always aligned to 16-byte
|
||||
// boundary, a faster '_mm_store_ps' instruction could be used.
|
||||
|
||||
return (uint)count;
|
||||
|
||||
/* original routine in C-language. please notice the C-version has differently
|
||||
organized coefficients though.
|
||||
double suml1, suml2;
|
||||
double sumr1, sumr2;
|
||||
uint i, j;
|
||||
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < count; j += 2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const float *ptr;
|
||||
const float *pFil;
|
||||
|
||||
suml1 = sumr1 = 0.0;
|
||||
suml2 = sumr2 = 0.0;
|
||||
ptr = src;
|
||||
pFil = filterCoeffs;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < lengthLocal; i ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// unroll loop for efficiency.
|
||||
|
||||
suml1 += ptr[0] * pFil[0] +
|
||||
ptr[2] * pFil[2] +
|
||||
ptr[4] * pFil[4] +
|
||||
ptr[6] * pFil[6];
|
||||
|
||||
sumr1 += ptr[1] * pFil[1] +
|
||||
ptr[3] * pFil[3] +
|
||||
ptr[5] * pFil[5] +
|
||||
ptr[7] * pFil[7];
|
||||
|
||||
suml2 += ptr[8] * pFil[0] +
|
||||
ptr[10] * pFil[2] +
|
||||
ptr[12] * pFil[4] +
|
||||
ptr[14] * pFil[6];
|
||||
|
||||
sumr2 += ptr[9] * pFil[1] +
|
||||
ptr[11] * pFil[3] +
|
||||
ptr[13] * pFil[5] +
|
||||
ptr[15] * pFil[7];
|
||||
|
||||
ptr += 16;
|
||||
pFil += 8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
dest[0] = (float)suml1;
|
||||
dest[1] = (float)sumr1;
|
||||
dest[2] = (float)suml2;
|
||||
dest[3] = (float)sumr2;
|
||||
|
||||
src += 4;
|
||||
dest += 4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // SOUNDTOUCH_ALLOW_SSE
|
||||
|
Loading…
x
Reference in New Issue
Block a user